[go: up one dir, main page]

US20060014697A1 - Pharmaceutical compositions for prevention of overdose or abuse - Google Patents

Pharmaceutical compositions for prevention of overdose or abuse Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20060014697A1
US20060014697A1 US11/089,056 US8905605A US2006014697A1 US 20060014697 A1 US20060014697 A1 US 20060014697A1 US 8905605 A US8905605 A US 8905605A US 2006014697 A1 US2006014697 A1 US 2006014697A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
phe
asp
glu
val
hydrocodone
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US11/089,056
Inventor
Travis Mickle
Suma Krishnan
James Moncrief
Christopher Lauderback
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Shire LLC
Original Assignee
New River Pharmaceuticals Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=46321875&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=US20060014697(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Priority claimed from US09/933,708 external-priority patent/US20020099013A1/en
Priority claimed from US10/156,527 external-priority patent/US7060708B2/en
Priority claimed from PCT/US2003/005525 external-priority patent/WO2003072046A2/en
Priority claimed from US10/923,088 external-priority patent/US7427600B2/en
Priority claimed from US10/953,110 external-priority patent/US7338939B2/en
Priority claimed from US10/953,116 external-priority patent/US7375082B2/en
Priority claimed from PCT/US2004/032131 external-priority patent/WO2005032474A2/en
Priority claimed from US10/953,111 external-priority patent/US20070066537A1/en
Priority claimed from US10/955,006 external-priority patent/US7169752B2/en
Application filed by New River Pharmaceuticals Inc filed Critical New River Pharmaceuticals Inc
Priority to US11/089,056 priority Critical patent/US20060014697A1/en
Assigned to NEW RIVER PHARMACEUTICALS INC. reassignment NEW RIVER PHARMACEUTICALS INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: KRISHNAN, SUMA, LAUDERBACK, CHRISTOPHER, MICKLE, TRAVIS, MONCRIEF, JAMES SCOTT
Publication of US20060014697A1 publication Critical patent/US20060014697A1/en
Assigned to SHIRE LLC reassignment SHIRE LLC MERGER (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: NEW RIVER PHARMACEUTICALS INC.
Priority to US12/881,008 priority patent/US8343927B2/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/06—Dipeptides
    • C07K5/06086—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being basic
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/54—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic compound
    • A61K47/542—Carboxylic acids, e.g. a fatty acid or an amino acid
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/54—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic compound
    • A61K47/549—Sugars, nucleosides, nucleotides or nucleic acids
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/62—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being a protein, peptide or polyamino acid
    • A61K47/64—Drug-peptide, drug-protein or drug-polyamino acid conjugates, i.e. the modifying agent being a peptide, protein or polyamino acid which is covalently bonded or complexed to a therapeutically active agent
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/30—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abuse or dependence
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04—Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/08—Tripeptides
    • C07K5/0802—Tripeptides with the first amino acid being neutral
    • C07K5/0804—Tripeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic
    • C07K5/0808—Tripeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic the side chain containing 2 to 4 carbon atoms, e.g. Val, Ile, Leu
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/10—Tetrapeptides
    • C07K5/1002—Tetrapeptides with the first amino acid being neutral
    • C07K5/1005—Tetrapeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic
    • C07K5/1008—Tetrapeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic the side chain containing 0 or 1 carbon atoms, i.e. Gly, Ala
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K7/00—Peptides having 5 to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K7/04—Linear peptides containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K7/06—Linear peptides containing only normal peptide links having 5 to 11 amino acids
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprised of a chemical moiety attached to an active agent in a manner that substantially decreases the potential of the active agent to cause overdose or to be abused.
  • the pharmaceutical composition When delivered at the proper dosage the pharmaceutical composition provides therapeutic activity similar to that of the parent active agent.
  • the composition is delivered at higher doses the potential for overdose or abuse is reduced due to the limited bioavailability of the active agent as compared to the active agent delivered as free drug.
  • FIG. 52 illustrates preparation of Galacto-Hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 53 Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant hydrocodone carbohydrate conjugates, measured as free hydrocodone (with measured plasma levels by ELISA).
  • FIG. 54 illustrates preparation of Ribo-Hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 55 Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant hydrocodone carbohydrate conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone (with measured plasma levels by ELISA).
  • FIG. 56 illustrates preparation of Leu-Hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 57 illustrates preparation of Ala-Pro-Hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 58 illustrates the preparation of Gly-Gly-Leu-Hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 59 illustrates preparation of Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Leu-Hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 60 Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant hydrocodone amino acid, di- and tri-peptide conjugates, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 61 Analgesic effect of abuse-resistant hydrocodone tri-peptide conjugate following intranasal administration, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 62 Analgesic effect of abuse-resistant hydrocodone tri- and penta-peptide conjugates following subcutaneous administration, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 63 Analgesic effect of abuse-resistant hydrocodone penta-peptide conjugate following intransal administration, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 64 Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant hydrocodone tri- and penta-peptide conjugates, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 65 Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant hydrocodone tri- and penta-peptide conjugates, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 66 Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant hydrocodone an amino acid-carbohydrate peptide conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 67 Analgesic effect of abuse-resistant hydrocodone penta-peptide conjugate following intravenous administration, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 68 Intranasal bioavailability of an abuse-resistant hydrocodone tri-peptide conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 69 Intranasal bioavailability of an abuse-resistant hydrocodone penta-peptide conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 70 Intranasal bioavailability of an abuse-resistant hydrocodone tri-peptide conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 71 Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant hydrocodone tri- and penta-peptide conjugates, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 72 Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant hydrocodone penta-peptide conjugates, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 73 Intranasal bioavailability of an abuse-resistant hydrocodone penta-peptide conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 74 Intravenous bioavailability of an abuse-resistant hydrocodone tri-peptide conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 75 Intranasal bioavailability of an abuse-resistant hydrocodone tri-peptide conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 76 Oral bioavailability of an abuse-resistant hydrocodone penta-peptide conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 77 Intranasal bioavailability of an abuse-resistant hydrocodone tri-penta-peptide conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 78 Intranasal bioavailability of an abuse-resistant hydrocodone penta-peptide conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 79 Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant hydrocodone penta-peptide conjugates, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 80 Intranasal bioavailability of an abuse-resistant hydrocodone tri-peptide conjugate containing D- and L-isomers, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 81 Intranasal bioavailability of an abuse-resistant hydrocodone penta-peptide conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 82 Intranasal bioavailability of an abuse-resistant hydrocodone penta-peptide conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 83 Intranasal bioavailability of an abuse-resistant hydrocodone penta-peptide conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 84 Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant hydrocodone penta-peptide conjugates, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 85 Intranasal bioavailability of an abuse-resistant hydrocodone penta-peptide conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 86 illustrates preparation of 1,2:3,4-di-O-isopropylidene-D-galactopyranose.
  • FIG. 87 Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant hydrocodone glyco-peptide conjugates, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 88 Oral bioavailability of an abuse-resistant hydrocodone amino acid-crabohydrate conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 89 illustrates nucleosides and conjugation sites.
  • FIG. 90 Oral bioavailability in rats for hydrocodone vs. EEFFFI-HC at a dose (1 mg/kg) approximating a therapeutic human dose equivalent measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 91 Oral bioavailability in rats for hydrocodone vs. EEFFF-HC at a dose (1 mg/kg) approximating a therapeutic human dose equivalent measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 92 Oral bioavailability in rats for hydrocodone vs. YYI-HC at a dose (1 mg/kg) approximating a therapeutic human dose equivalent measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 93 Oral bioavailability in rats for hydrocodone vs. DDI-HC at a dose (1 mg/kg) approximating a therapeutic human dose equivalent measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 94 Oral bioavailability in rats for hydrocodone vs. YYFFI-HC at a dose (1 mg/kg) approximating a therapeutic human dose equivalent measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 95 Oral bioavailability in rats for hydrocodone vs. EEFFI-HC at a dose (5 mg/kg) approaching a human overdose equivalent measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 96 Oral bioavailability in rats for hydrocodone vs. YYI-HC at a dose (5 mg/kg) approaching a human overdose equivalent measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 97 Oral bioavailability in rats for hydrocodone vs. DDI-HC at a dose (5 mg/kg) approaching a human overdose equivalent measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 98 Oral bioavailability in rats for hydrocodone vs. YYFFI-HC at a dose (5 mg/kg) approaching a human overdose equivalent measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 99 Decrease in bioavailability of EEFFF-HC as compared to hydrocodone by the intranasal route of administration measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 100 Decrease in bioavailability of YYI-HC as compared to hydrocodone by the intranasal route of administration measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 101 Decrease in bioavailability of DDI-HC as compared to hydrocodone by the intranasal route of administration measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 102 Decrease in bioavailability of YYFFI-HC as compared to hydrocodone by the intranasal route of administration measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 103 Decrease in bioavailability of EEFFI-HC as compared to hydrocodone by the intravenous route of administration measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 104 Decrease in bioavailability of EEFFF-HC as compared to hydrocodone by the intravenous route of administration measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 105 Decrease in bioavailability of YYI-HC as compared to hydrocodone by the intravenous route of administration measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 106 Decrease in bioavailability of YYFFI-HC as compared to hydrocodone by the intravenous route of administration measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 107 Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 108 Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 109 Oral bioavailability of hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 110 Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 2 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 111 Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 2 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 112 Oral bioavailability of hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 2 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 113 Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 5 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 114 Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 5 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 115 Oral bioavailability of hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 5 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 116 Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 25 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 117 Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 25 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 118 Oral bioavailability of hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 25 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 119 Oral bioavailability (AUC 0-4h ) of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (concentration vs. dose) in proportion to dose following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at escalating doses (1, 2, 5, and 25 mg/kg—equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • AUC 0-4h Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (concentration vs. dose) in proportion to dose following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at escalating doses (1, 2, 5, and 25 mg/kg—equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 120 Oral bioavailability (AUC 0-4h ) of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone in proportion to human equivalent doses (HED) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at escalating doses (1, 2, 5, and 25 mg/kg—equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • AUC 0-4h Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone in proportion to human equivalent doses (HED) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at escalating doses (1, 2, 5, and 25 mg/kg—equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 121 Oral bioavailability (C max ) of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (concentration vs. dose) in proportion to dose following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at escalating doses (1, 2, 5, and 25 mg/kg—equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • C max Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (concentration vs. dose) in proportion to dose following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at escalating doses (1, 2, 5, and 25 mg/kg—equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 122 Oral bioavailability (C max ) of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone in proportion to human equivalent doses (HED) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at escalating doses (1, 2, 5, and 25 mg/kg—equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • C max Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone in proportion to human equivalent doses (HED) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at escalating doses (1, 2, 5, and 25 mg/kg—equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 123 Intravenous bioavailability of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone and YYFFI-HC (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 124 Intravenous bioavailability of hydrocodone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 125 Intravenous bioavailability of hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 126 Intranasal bioavailability of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 127 Intranasal bioavailability of hydrocodone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 128 Intranasal bioavailability of hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 129 Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 130 Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 131 Oral bioavailability of hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 132 Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 2 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 133 Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 2 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 134 Oral bioavailability of hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 2 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 135 Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 5 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 136 Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 5 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 137 Oral bioavailability of hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 5 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 138 Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 25 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 139 Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 25 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 140 Oral bioavailability of hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 25 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 141 Oral bioavailability (AUC 0-4 ) of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (concentration vs. dose) in proportion to dose following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at escalating doses (1, 2, 5, and 25 mg/kg—equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • AUC 0-4 Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (concentration vs. dose) in proportion to dose following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at escalating doses (1, 2, 5, and 25 mg/kg—equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 142 Oral bioavailability (AUC 0-4 ) of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone in proportion to human equivalent doses (HED) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at escalating doses (1, 2, 5, and 25 mg/kg—equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • AUC 0-4 Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone in proportion to human equivalent doses (HED) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at escalating doses (1, 2, 5, and 25 mg/kg—equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 143 Oral bioavailability (C max ) of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (concentration vs. dose) in proportion to dose following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at escalating doses (1, 2, 5, and 25 mg/kg—equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • C max Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (concentration vs. dose) in proportion to dose following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at escalating doses (1, 2, 5, and 25 mg/kg—equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 144 Oral bioavailability (C max ) of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone in proportion to human equivalent doses (HED) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at escalating doses (1, 2, 5, and 25 mg/kg—equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • C max Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone in proportion to human equivalent doses (HED) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at escalating doses (1, 2, 5, and 25 mg/kg—equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 145 Intravenous bioavailability of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone and YYFFI-HC (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 146 Intravenous bioavailability of hydrocodone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 147 Intravenous bioavailability of hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 148 Intranasal bioavailability of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 149 Intranasal bioavailability of hydrocodone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 150 Intranasal bioavailability of hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 151 depicts oxycodone.
  • FIG. 152 depicts oxycodone with lysine branched peptides.
  • FIG. 153 depicts a glycosylated oxycodone.
  • FIG. 154 depicts formation of an enol ether with serine.
  • FIG. 155 depicts niacin and biotin.
  • FIG. 156 Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 157 Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 158 Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 159 Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 160 Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 161 Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 162 Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 163 Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 164 Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 165 Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 166 Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 167 Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 168 Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 169 Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 170 Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 171 Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 172 Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 173 Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 174 Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 175 Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 176 Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 177 Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 178 Intravenous bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 179 Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 180 Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 181 Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 182 Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 183 Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 184 Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 185 Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 186 Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 187 Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 188 Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 189 Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 190 Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 191 Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 192 Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 193 Oral bioavailability in rats of oxycodone vs. P2L (2) -Oxycodone at a dose (2.5 mg/kg) approximating a therapeutic human dose equivalent measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 194 Decrease in bioavailability of P2L (2) -Oxycodone as compared to oxycodone by the intranasal route of administration-dose 2.5 mg/kg measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 195 Decrease in bioavailability of P2L (2) -Oxycodone as compared to oxycodone by the intravenous route of administration-dose 0.5 mg/kg measured as free oxycodone.
  • the present invention relates to changing the pharmacokinetic and pharmacological properties of active agents through covalent modification.
  • Covalent attachment of a chemical moiety to an active agent can change the rate and extent of absorption, metabolism, distribution, and elimination of the active agent.
  • AUC area under the time-versus-concentration curve
  • the invention utilizes covalent modification of an active agent to decrease its potential for causing overdose or being abused.
  • the active agent is covalently modified in a manner that decreases its pharmacological activity, as compared to the unmodified active agent, at doses above those considered therapeutic, e.g., at doses inconsistent with the manufacturer's instructions.
  • the covalently modified active agent retains pharmacological activity similar to that of the unmodified active agent.
  • the covalent modification of the active agent may comprise the attachment of any chemical moiety through conventional chemistry.
  • Compounds, compositions and methods of the invention provide reduced potential for overdose, reduced potential for abuse or addiction and/or improve the active agent's characteristics with regard to high toxicities or suboptimal release profiles.
  • alphacetylmethadol hydrochloride alphacetylmethadol hydrochloride, anileridine, apomorphine, bemidone, betacetylmethadol hydrochloride, buprenorphine hydrochloride, butorphanol tartrate, codeine, dezocine, dihydrocodeine, dihydromorphine, dipanone hydrochloride, eptazocine hydrobromide, ethylmorphine, etorphine hydrochloride, hydromorphone, ketobemidone, levorphanol tartrate, loperamide, meptazinol hydrochloride, methyldihydromorphinone, nalbuphine hydrochloride, nalbuphine hydrochloride, normorphine, oxycodone, oxymorphone, pentazocine, piminodine, tramadol, allobarbitone, alprazolan, amylobarbitone, barbitone
  • opioid is meant to include any drug that activates the opioid receptors found in the brain, spinal cord and gut.
  • opioids There are three broad classes of opioids: naturally occurring opium alkaloids, such as morphine (the prototypical opioid) and codeine; semi-synthetics such as heroine, oxycodone and hydrocodone that are produced by modifying natural opium alkaloids and have similar chemical structures; and pure synthetics such as fentanyl and methadone that are not produced from opium and may have very different chemical structures than the opium alkaloids.
  • naturally occurring opium alkaloids such as morphine (the prototypical opioid) and codeine
  • semi-synthetics such as heroine, oxycodone and hydrocodone that are produced by modifying natural opium alkaloids and have similar chemical structures
  • pure synthetics such as fentanyl and methadone that are not produced from opium and may have very different chemical structures than the opium alkaloids.
  • opioids include hydroxymorphone, oxymorphone, methadone, levorphanol, dihydrocodeine, meperidine, diphenoxylate, sufentanil, alfentanil, propoxyphene, pentazocine, nalbuphine, butorphanol, buprenorphine, meptazinol, dezocine, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • Oxycodone is meant to include a narcotic alkaloid (chemical formula C 18 H 21 NO 4 ) and its derivatives such as the hydrochloride salt of oxycodone.
  • Oxycodone is related to codeine and is used as an analgesic and/or a sedative. Oxycodone is a powerful and potentially addictive opioid analgesic synthesized from thebaine. It is similar to codeine, but is more potent and has a higher dependence potential. It is effective orally and is often marketed in combination with aspirin (Percodan®) or acetaminophen (Percocet®) for the relief of pain. It is also sold in a sustained-release form under the trade name Oxycontin®. All of these deriviatives or combinations of oxycodone are encompassed by the present invention.
  • hydrocodone is meant to include a semisynthetic narcotic analgesic and antitussive prepared from codeine with multiple actions qualitatively similar to those of codeine. It is commonly used for the relief of moderate to moderately severe pain. Trade names include Anexsia®, Hycodan®, Hycomine®, Lorcet®, Lortab®, Norco®, Tussionex®, Tylox®, and Vicodin®. Derivatives of hydrocodone, such as hydrocodone bitartrate and hydrocodone polistirex, are encompassed by the present invention.
  • peptide is meant to include a single amino acid, a dipeptide, a tripeptide, an oligopeptide, a polypeptide, or the carrier peptide. Oligopeptide is meant to include from 2 amino acids to 70 amino acids. Further, at times the invention is described as being an active agent attached to an amino acid, a dipeptide, a tripeptide, an oligopeptide, or polypeptide to illustrate specific embodiments for the active agent conjugate. Preferred lengths of the conjugates and other preferred embodiments are described herein.
  • chemical moiety is meant to include at least amino acids, peptides, glycopeptides, carbohydrates, lipids, nucleosides, or vitamins.
  • Carbohydrates includes sugars, starches, cellulose, and related compounds. e.g., (CH 2 O) n , wherein n is an integer larger than 2 or C n (H 2 O) n-1 , with n larger than 5. More specific examples include for instance, fructose, glucose, lactose, maltose, sucrose, glyceraldehyde, dihydroxyacetone, erythrose, ribose, ribulose, xylulose, galactose, mannose, sedoheptulose, neuraminic acid, dextrin, and glycogen.
  • a “glycoprotein” is a compound containing carbohydrate (or glycan) covalently linked to protein.
  • the carbohydrate may be in the form of a monosaccharide, disaccharide(s). oligosaccharide(s), polysaccharide(s), or their derivatives (e.g. sulfo- or phospho-substituted).
  • a “glycopeptide” is a compound consisting of carbohydrate linked to an oligopeptide composed of L- and/or D-amino acids.
  • a glyco-amino-acid is a saccharide attached to a single amino acid by any kind of covalent bond.
  • a glycosyl-amino-acid is a compound consisting of saccharide linked through a glycosyl linkage (O—, N— or S—) to an amino acid.
  • composition refers broadly to any composition containing a described molecule conjugates.
  • the composition may comprise a dry formulation, an aqueous solution, or a sterile composition.
  • Compositions comprising the molecules described herein may be stored in freeze-dried form and may be associated with a stabilizing agent such as a carbohydrate.
  • the composition may be deployed in an aqueous solution containing salts, e.g., NaCl, detergents, e.g., sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS), and other components.
  • salts e.g., NaCl
  • detergents e.g., sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS)
  • a “controlled substance” is a substance subject to federal regulation of its manufacture, sale, or distribution because of the potential for, or proved evidence of, abuse; because of its potential for psychic or physiological dependence; because it constitutes a public health risk; because of the scientific evidence of its pharmacologic effect; or because of its role as a precursor of other controlled substances.
  • the attached chemical moiety may be any chemical substance that decreases the pharmacological activity until the active agent is released.
  • the chemical moiety is a single amino acid, dipeptide or tripeptide, tetrapeptide, pentapeptide, or hexapeptide.
  • the active agent binds to specific sites to produce various effects (Hoebel, et al., 1989).
  • the attachment of certain chemical moieties can therefore diminish or prevent binding to these biological target sites.
  • absorption of the composition into the brain is prevented or substantially diminished and/or delayed when delivered by routes other than oral administration.
  • the attached chemical moiety may further comprise naturally occurring or synthetic substances. This would include but is not limited to the attachment of an active agent to one or more amino acids, peptides, lipids, carbohydrates, glycopeptides, nucleic acids or vitamins. These chemical moieties could be expected to affect delayed release in the gastrointestinal tract and prevent rapid onset of the desired activity, particularly when delivered by parenteral routes. (Hoebel, B. G., L. Hernandez, et al. (1989). “Microdialysis studies of brain norepinephrine, serotonin, and dopamine release during ingestive behavior. Theoretical and clinical implications.” Ann N Y Acad Sci 575: 171-91).
  • the amino acid or peptide may comprise of one or more of the naturally occurring (L-) amino acids: alanine, arginine, asparagine, aspartic acid, cysteine, glycine, glutamic acid, glutamine, histidine, isoleucine, leucine, lysine, methionine, proline, phenylalanine, serine, tryptophan, threonine, tyrosine, and valine.
  • L- naturally occurring amino acids
  • amino acid or peptide is comprised of one or more of the naturally occurring (D) amino acids: alanine, arginine, asparagine, aspartic acid, cysteine, glycine, glutamic acid, glutamine, histidine, isoleucine, leucine, lysine, methionine, proline, phenylalanine, serine, tryptophan, threonine, tyrosine, and valine.
  • D naturally occurring amino acids
  • the amino acid or peptide is comprised of one or more unnatural, non-standard or synthetic amino acids such as, aminohexanoic acid, biphenylalanine, cyclohexylalanine, cyclohexylglycine, diethylglycine, dipropylglycine, 2,3-diaminoproprionic acid, homophenylalanine, homoserine, homotyrosine, naphthylalanine, norleucine, ornithine, pheylalanine(4-fluoro), phenylalanine(2,3,4,5,6 pentafluoro), phenylalanine(4-nitro), phenylglycine, pipecolic acid, sarcosine, tetrahydroisoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid, and tert-leucine.
  • the amino acid or peptide comprises of one or more amino acid alcohols.
  • amino acid or peptide comprises of one or more amino acid alcohol
  • the specific carriers are utilized as a base short chain amino acid sequence and additional amino acids are added to the terminus or side chain.
  • the above amino acid sequence may have one more of the amino acids substituted with one of the 20 naturally occurring amino acids. It is preferred that the substitution be with an amino acid which is similar in structure or charge compared to the amino acid in the sequence.
  • isoleucine (Ile)[I] is structurally very similar to leucine (Leu)[L]
  • tyrosine (Tyr)[Y] is similar to phenylalanine (Phe)[F]
  • serine (Ser)[S] is similar to threonine (Thr)[T]
  • cysteine (Cys)[C] is similar to methionine (Met)[M]
  • alanine (Ala)[A] is similar to valine (Val)[V]
  • lysine (Lys)[K] is similar to arginine (Arg)[R]
  • asparagine (Asn)[N] is similar to glutamine (Gln)[Q]
  • aspartic acid (Asp)[D] is similar to glutamic acid (Glu)[E]
  • histidine (His)[H] is similar to proline (Pro)[P]
  • glycine (Gly)[G] is
  • the preferred amino acid substitutions may be selected according to hydrophilic properties (i.e. polarity) or other common characteristics associated with the 20 essential amino acids. While preferred embodiments utilize the 20 natural amino acids for their GRAS characteristics, it is recognized that minor substitutions along the amino acid chain which do not effect the essential characteristics of the amino are also contemplated.
  • the carrier range is between one to 12 chemical moieties with one to 8 moieties being preferred.
  • the number of chemical moieties attached is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7, etc.
  • the molecular weight of the carrier portion of the conjugate is below about 2,500, more preferably below about 1,000 and most preferably below about 500.
  • compositions and methods of the invention may be applied to various therapeutically valuable active agents (e.g., drugs) and include, for example, stimulants such as amphetamines, anticonvulsants, muscle relaxants, antidepressants, anxiolytics, benzodiazepines, sedatives, hypnotics, narcotics, steroids, respiratory agents, including antihistamines, antipsychotics including risperidone, and nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory agents.
  • stimulants such as amphetamines, anticonvulsants, muscle relaxants, antidepressants, anxiolytics, benzodiazepines, sedatives, hypnotics, narcotics, steroids, respiratory agents, including antihistamines, antipsychotics including risperidone, and nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory agents.
  • Exemplary narcotics include opioids, hydrocodone, oxycodone, morphine, codeine, hydroxymorphone, oxymorphone, methadone, fentanyl, levorphanol, dihydrocodeine, meperidine, diphenoxylate, sufentanil, alfentanil, propoxyphene, pentazocine, nalbuphine, butorphanol, buprenorphine, meptazinol, dezocine or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • Exemplary benzodiazepines include alprazolam, chlordiazepoxide, clonazepam, clorazepate, diazepam, estazolam, flurazepam, halazepam, lorazepam, midazolam, oxazepam, quazepam, temazepam, or triazolam.
  • nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory agents include ibuprofen, naproxen or indomethacin, aspirin or a salicylic acid derivative, or acetaminophen.
  • anti-depressants include citalopram, fluoxetine, norfluoxetine, fluvoxamine, paroxetine, sertraline, amitriptyline, desipramine, doxepin, imipramine, nortryiptyline, bupropion, mirtazapine, nefazodone, trazodone, or venlafaxine.
  • anti-psychotics include clozapine, haloperidol, olanzapine, quetiapine, or risperidone.
  • compositions and methods of the invention provide active agents which when bound to the chemical moiety provide safer and/or more effective dosages for the above recited active agent classes through improved bioavailability curves and/or safer C max and/or reduce area under the curve for bioavailability, particularly for abused substances taken in doses above therapeutic levels.
  • the compositions and methods of the invention may provide improved methods of treatment for attention deficit hyperactivity, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), attention deficit disorder (ADD), cognitive decline associated with acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) or AIDS-related complex, depression, anxiety and anxiety related disorders, psychosis, nicotine addiction, narcotic addiction, alcoholism, narcolepsy, and/or analgesia.
  • the chemical moiety is comprised of an amino acid or a polypeptide.
  • Preferred amino acid and peptide chemical moieties include, for example, Lys, Ser, Ala, Phe, Ile, Pro-Pro-Leu, Pro-Pro-Ile, Val-Val, Lys-Lys, Gly-Gly-Ile, Phe-Phe-Ile, Phe-Phe-Leu, Thr-Thr-Val, Tyr-Tyr-Val, Tyr-Tyr-Phe, Glu-Glu-Val, Asp-Asp-Val, Lys-Lys-Val, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Ile, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Phe, Tyr-Tyr-Ile, Asp-Asp-Ile, Tyr-Tyr-Phe-Phe-Ile, Tyr-Tyr-Lys-Tyr, Phe-Phe-Lys-Phe, Glu-Glu-Phe, Glu-Phe
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a composition for preventing overdose comprising an active agent which has been covalently bound to a chemical moiety.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a composition for safely delivering an active agent comprising providing a therapeutically effective amount of said active agent which has been covalently bound to a chemical moiety wherein said chemical moiety reduces the rate of absorption of the active agent as compared to delivering the unbound active agent.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a composition for reducing drug toxicity comprising providing a patient with an active agent which has been covalently bound to a chemical moiety wherein said chemical moiety increases the rate of clearance of an active agent when given at doses exceeding those within the therapeutic range of said active agent.
  • compositions for reducing drug toxicity comprising providing a patient with an active agent which has been covalently bound to a chemical moiety wherein said chemical moiety provides a serum release curve which does not increase above said active agent toxicity level when given at doses exceeding those within the therapeutic range of said active agent.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a composition for reducing bioavailability of active agent comprising active agent covalently bound to a chemical moiety wherein said bound active agent maintains a steady-state serum release curve which provides a therapeutically effective bioavailability but prevents spiking or increase blood serum concentrations compared to unbound active agent when given at doses exceeding those within the therapeutic range of said active agent.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a composition for preventing a C max spike for active agent while still providing a therapeutically effective bioavailability curve comprising an active agent which has been covalently bound to a chemical moiety.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a composition for preventing a toxic release profile in a patient comprising active agent covalently bound to a chemical moiety wherein said bound active agent maintains a steady-state serum release curve which provides a therapeutically effective bioavailability but prevents spiking or increase blood serum concentrations compared to unbound active agent.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a compound of Formula I: A-X n -Z m wherein A is active agent as defined herein; X is a chemical moiety as defined herein and n is between 1 and 50 and increments therein; and Z is a further chemical moiety different from X which acts as an adjuvant and m is between 1 and 50 and increments therein.
  • n is between 1 and 10 and m is 0. It should be recognized that the compounds of this formula may be used alone or in combination with any of the recited embodiments of the invention.
  • A-X m -Z n generally describes the components making up the compound and does not imply any particular order in the attachment or type of bond between the elements A, X, or Z.
  • formula X may comprise a small linear or cyclic molecule containing 2-6 atoms with one or more heteroatoms and one or more functional groups.
  • the functional groups may be selected from amines, amides, alcohols or acids.
  • A may be oxycodone or hydrocodone.
  • X may be an enolate or an amino acid.
  • Z is bonded to X through a side chain of the amino acid.
  • Z may be bonded to X through a peptide bond.
  • the linker X may comprise the following amino acids: Ser, Lys, Glu, Asp, Ala, Leu, Phe, Val, Gly, Tyr, Pro, or Thr.
  • X is lysine
  • Z is bonded to lysine through the side chain of the lysine.
  • Z is bonded to lysine through a peptide bond.
  • the -X-Z component of the formula A-X m -Z n comprises Lys-Lys, Lys-Lys-Val, (Lys-Lys-Gly-Gly) 2 , [(l)-Lys-(d)-Lys-Leu] 2 , Glu-Glu, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Phe-Ile, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Ile, Glu-Glu-Val, Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Glu, Asp-Asp-Ser, Asp-Asp-Lys, Asp-Asp-Cys, Asp-Asp-Val, Ala-Ser, Ala-Cys, Leu-Glu, Leu-Ser, Leu-Asp, Leu-Asn, Leu-Thr, Leu-Arg,
  • the -X-Z component of the formula A-X m -Z n comprises Ser-Ser, PolySer, Lys, Glu-Glu, Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Glu, Asp-Asp-Ser, Asp-Asp-Lys, Asp-Asp-Cys, Ala-Glu, Ala-Ser, Ala-Asp, Ala-Asn, Ala-Thr, Ala-Arg, Ala-Cys, Ala-Gln, Ala-Tyr, LeuGlu, Leu-Ser, Leu-Asp, Leu-Asn, Leu-Thr, Leu-Arg, Leu-Cys, Leu-Gln, Leu-Tyr, PheGlu, Phe-Ser, Phe-Asp, Phe-Asn, Phe-Thr, Phe-Arg, Phe-Cys, Phe-Cy
  • the -X-Z component of the formula A-X m -Z n comprises Pro-Pro-Leu, Pro-Pro-Ile, Val-Val, Lys-Lys, Gly-Gly-Ile, Phe-Phe-Ile, Phe-Phe-Leu, Thr-Thr-Val, Tyr-Tyr-Val, Tyr-Tyr-Phe, Glu-Glu-Val, Asp-Asp-Val, Lys-Lys-Val, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Ile, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe, Tyr-Tyr-Ile, Asp-Asp-Ile, Tyr-Tyr-Phe-Phe-Ile, Tyr-Tyr-Lys-Tyr-Tyr, Phe-Phe-Lys-Phe, Glu-Glu-Phe-Ile, (Lys-Lys-Gly-Gly) 2 , or
  • the -X-Z component of the formula A-X m -Z n comprises Ser-Ser, PolySer, Glu-Glu, Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Glu, Asp-Asp-Ser, Asp-Asp-Lys, Asp-Asp-Cys, Ala-Glu, Ala-Ser, Ala-Asp, Ala-Asn, Ala-Thr, Ala-Arg, Ala-Cys, Ala-Gln, Ala-Tyr, Leu-Glu, Leu-Ser, Leu-Asp, Leu-Asn, Leu-Thr, Leu-Arg, Leu-Cys, Leu-Gln, Leu-Tyr, Phe-Glu, Phe-Ser, Phe-Asp, Phe-Asn, Phe-Thr, Phe-Arg, Phe-Cys, Phe-Cys
  • the -X-Z component of the formula A-X m -Z n comprises Ser-Ser, PolySer, Lys-Lys, Lys-Lys-Val, (Lys-Lys-Gly-Gly) 2 , [(l)-Lys-(d)-Lys-Leu] 2 , Glu-Glu, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Phe-Ile, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Phe, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Ile, Glu-Glu-Val, Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Glu, Asp-Asp-Ser, Asp-Asp-Lys, Asp-Asp-Cys, Asp-Asp-Val, Ala-Glu, Ala-Pro, Ala-Ser, Ala-Asp, Ala-Asn, Ala-Thr, Ala-Arg
  • the component A of the formula A-X m -Z n is a pain relief drug such as oxycodone or hydrocodone.
  • the component A of the formula A-X m -Z n may also be alphacetylmethadol hydrochloride, anileridine, apomorphine, bernidone, betacetylmethadol hydrochloride, buprenorphine hydrochloride, butorphanol tartrate, codeine, dezocine, dihydrocodeine, dihydromorphine, dipanone hydrochloride, eptazocine hydrobromide, ethylmorphine, etorphine hydrochloride, hydromorphone, ketobemidone, levorphanol tartrate, loperamide, meptazinol hydrochloride, methyldihydromorphinone, nalbuphine hydrochloride, nalbuphine hydrochloride, normorphine, oxycodone, oxymorph
  • the compound A-X m -Z n may be a component of a pharmaceutical composition including the compound and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • the compound A-X m -Z n may be administered to a mammal in a therapeutically effective amount to treat pain.
  • the mammal may be a human, primate, equine, canine, or feline.
  • a compound of the formula: A-X m -Z n wherein A is a drug radical; X is a small linear or cyclic molecule containing 2-6 atoms with one or more heteroatoms and one or more functional groups, wherein X is bonded to A through a carboxyl group; and Z is an amino acid, peptide, or oligopeptide covalently bound to X, wherein m and n range between 1 and 50 is utilized in connection with the present invention.
  • a method of making a drug more difficult to abuse comprising bonding to a nucleophile on the drug a radical of the formula -X-Z, wherein X is a linker; and Z is an amino acid or peptide covalently bound to X may be utilized.
  • a compound comprising a drug radical covalently bonded to a first amino acid selected from the group consisting of Ser, Lys, Glu, Asp, Ala, Leu, Phe, Val, Gly, Tyr, Pro, and Thr, and a second amino acid or peptide covalently bonded to the first amino acid, wherein an optional linker attaches the first amino acid to the drug radical may be utilized in connection with the present invention.
  • a compound comprising a drug radical covalently bonded to a peptide selected from the group consisting of Lys-Lys, Lys-Lys-Val, (Lys-Lys-Gly-Gly) 2 , [(l)-Lys-(d)-Lys-Leu] 2 , Glu-Glu, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Phe-Ile, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Ile, Glu-Glu-Val, Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Glu, Asp-Asp-Ser, Asp-Asp-Lys, Asp-Asp-Cys, Asp-Asp-Val, Ala-Ser, Ala-Cys, Leu-Glu, Leu-Ser, Leu-Asp, Leu-Asn, Leu-Thr
  • a compound comprising a drug radical covalently bonded to a peptide selected from the group consisting of Ser-Ser, PolySer, Lys, Glu-Glu, Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Glu, Asp-Asp-Ser, Asp-Asp-Lys, Asp-Asp-Cys, Ala-Glu, Ala-Ser, Ala-Asp, Ala-Asn, Ala-Thr, Ala-Arg, Ala-Cys, Ala-Gln, Ala-Tyr, LeuGlu, Leu-Ser, Leu-Asp, Leu-Asn, Leu-Thr, Leu-Arg, Leu-Cys, Leu-Gln, Leu-Tyr, PheGlu, Phe-Ser, Phe-Asp, Phe-Asn, Phe-Thr, Phe-Arg, Phe-Nyr
  • a compound comprising a drug radical covalently bonded to a peptide selected from the group consisting of Pro-Pro-Leu, Pro-Pro-Ile, Val-Val, Lys-Lys, Gly-Gly-Ile, Phe-Phe-Ile, Phe-Phe-Leu, Thr-Thr-Val, Tyr-Tyr-Val, Tyr-Tyr-Phe, Glu-Glu-Val, Asp-Asp-Val, Lys-Lys-Val, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Ile, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe, Tyr-Tyr-Ile, Asp-Asp-Ile, Tyr-Tyr-Phe-Phe-Ile, Tyr-Tyr-Lys-Tyr-Tyr, Phe-Phe-Lys-Phe, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Ile, (Lys-Lys-Gly-G
  • a compound comprising a drug radical covalently bonded to a peptide selected from the group consisting of Ser-Ser, PolySer, Glu-Glu, Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Glu, Asp-Asp-Ser, Asp-Asp-Lys, Asp-Asp-Cys, Ala-Glu, Ala-Ser, Ala-Asp, Ala-Asn, Ala-Thr, Ala-Arg, Ala-Cys, Ala-Gln, Ala-Tyr, Leu-Glu, Leu-Ser, Leu-Asp, Leu-Asn, Leu-Thr, Leu-Arg, Leu-Cys, Leu-Gln, Leu-Tyr, Phe-Glu, Phe-Ser, Phe-Asp, Phe-Asn, Phe-Thr, Phe-Arg, Phe-Cys,
  • a compound comprising a drug radical covalently bonded to a peptide selected from the group consisting of Ser-Ser, PolySer, Lys-Lys, Lys-Lys-Val, (Lys-Lys-Gly-Gly) 2 , [(l)-Lys-(d)-Lys-Leu] 2 , Glu-Glu, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Phe-Ile, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Phe, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Ile, Glu-Glu-Val, Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Glu, Asp-Asp-Ser, Asp-Asp-Lys, Asp-Asp-Cys, Asp-Asp-Val, Ala-Glu, Ala-Pro, Ala-Ser, Ala-Asp, Ala-Asn, Ala-
  • a compound comprising a drug attached to a first amino acid via a carboxyl group of the first amino acid, which forms an ester linkage between the first amino acid and the drug, and a second amino acid or peptide attached to the first amino acid through the terminal carboxyl group of the second amino acid or peptide, wherein the drug is susceptible to release from the compound in therapeutically significant amounts through enzymatic cleavage, and not released from the compound in therapeutically significant amounts absent enzymatic action may be utilized in connection with the present invention.
  • a compound comprising a drug attached to a first amino acid via a carboxyl group of the first amino acid, which forms an ester linkage between the first amino acid and the drug, and a second amino acid or peptide attached to the first amino acid through the terminal carboxyl group of the second amino acid or peptide, wherein the drug is susceptible to release from the compound through enzymatic cleavage may be utilized in connection with the present invention.
  • a compound comprising a drug covalently bonded to a first amino acid via a carboxyl group of the first amino acid, which forms an ester linkage between the first amino acid and the drug, and a second amino acid or peptide attached to the first amino acid through the terminal carboxyl group of the second amino acid or peptide thereby forming a peptide bond with an —NH— group of the first amino acid, wherein the drug is susceptible to release from the compound through enzymatic cleavage may be utilized in connection with the present invention.
  • a compound comprising an active agent covalently bonded to a natural or synthetic amino acid or peptide through a linker may be utilized in connection with the present invention.
  • the linker may comprise a small linear or cyclic molecule containing 2-6 atoms with one or more heteroatoms and one or more functional groups.
  • the functional groups may be selected from amines, amides, alcohols or acids.
  • compositions of the invention comprise four essential types of attachment. These types of attachment are termed: C-capped, N-capped, side-chain attached, and interspersed.
  • C-capped comprises the covalent attachment of an active agent to the C-terminus of a peptide either directly or through a linker.
  • N-capped comprises the covalent attachment of an active agent to the N-terminus of a peptide either directly or through a linker.
  • Side-chain attachment comprises the covalent attachment of an active agent to the functional sidechain of a peptide either directly or through a linker.
  • Interspersed comprises the attachment of active agents which themselves are amino acids. In this case the active agent would constitute a portion of the amino acid chain.
  • Interspersed is herein meant to include the amino acid active agent (drug) being at the C-terminus, N-terminus, or interspersed throughout the peptide.
  • amino acid active agents are attached to the C-terminus or the N-terminus this results in the active agent being the end amino and is considered C-capped or N-capped respectively.
  • amino acids with reactive side chains e.g., glutamic acid, lysine, aspartic acid, serine, threonine and cysteine
  • the present invention also envisions the use of multiple active agents or multiple attachment sites of active agents along a peptide chain. Further embodiments of the invention will become clear from the following disclosure.
  • the composition includes one or more adjuvants to enhance the bioavailability of the active agent.
  • Addition of an adjuvant is particularly preferred when using an otherwise poorly absorbed active agent.
  • Suitable adjuvants include: papain, which is a potent enzyme for releasing the catalytic domain of aminopeptidase-N into the lumen; glycorecognizers, which activate enzymes in the brush border membrane (BBM); and bile acids, which have been attached to peptides to enhance absorption of the peptides.
  • Absorption of the active agent in the intestinal tract can be enhanced either by virtue of being covalently attached to a peptide or through the synergistic effect of an added adjuvant.
  • the absorption of the active agent is increased due to its covalent attachment to a peptide, hereafter to be referred to as a transporter peptide, which is a specialized example of a carrier peptide.
  • the transporter peptide activates a specific peptide transporter.
  • the peptide transporter is either the PepT1 or the PepT2 transporters.
  • the transporter peptide contains two amino acids.
  • the transporter dipeptide is selected from the list of AlaSer, CysSer, AspSer, GluSer, PheSer, GlySer, H is Ser, IleSer, LysSer, LeuSer, MetSer, AsnSer, ProSer, GlnSer, ArgSer, SerSer, ThrSer, ValSer, TrpSer, TyrSer.
  • the present invention does not require the attachment of the active agent to an adjuvant that recognizes or is taken up by an active transporter.
  • the invention also allows targeted delivery of active agents to specifics sites of action.
  • chain length of amino acid can be varied to suit different delivery criteria.
  • the present invention allows for the delivery of active agents with sustained release.
  • the active agent is directly attached to the amino acid without the use of a linker.
  • Embodiments of the invention provide compositions which allow the active agent to be therapeutically effective when delivered at the proper dosage but reduces the rate of absorption or extent of bioavailability of the active agent when given at doses exceeding those within the therapeutic range of the active agent.
  • Embodiments of the invention also provide compositions wherein the covalently bound chemical moiety increases the rate of clearance of active agent when given at doses exceeding those within the therapeutic range of the active agent.
  • compositions have substantially lower toxicity compared to unbound active agent.
  • compositions reduce or eliminate the possibility of overdose by oral administration.
  • compositions reduce or eliminate the possibility of overdose by intranasal administration.
  • compositions reduce or eliminate the possibility of overdose by injection.
  • the conjugates of the invention may further comprise a polymer blend which comprises at least one hydrophilic polymer and at least one water-insoluble polymer.
  • the polymer may be used according to industry standard to further enhance the sustained release properties of the active agent conjugate without reducing the abuse resistance.
  • Hydrophilic polymers suitable for use in the sustained release formulation include: one or more natural or partially or totally synthetic hydrophilic gums such as acacia, gum tragacanth, locust bean gum, guar gum, or karaya gum, modified cellulosic substances such as methylcellulose, hydroxomethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose; proteinaceous substances such as agar, pectin, carrageen, and alginates; and other hydrophilic polymers such as carboxypolymethylene, gelatin, casein, zein, bentonite, magnesium aluminum silicate, polysaccharides, modified starch derivatives, and other hydrophilic polymers known to those of skill in the art or a combination of such polymers.
  • hydrophilic gums such as acacia, gum tragacanth, locust bean gum, guar gum, or karaya gum
  • modified cellulosic substances such
  • formulations may further comprise pharmaceutical additives including, but not limited to: lubricants such as magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, zinc stearate, powdered stearic acid, hydrogenated vegetable oils, talc, polyethylene glycol, and mineral oil; colorants; binders such as sucrose, lactose, gelatin, starch paste, acacia, tragacanth, povidone polyethylene glycol, Pullulan and corn syrup; glidants such as colloidal silicon dioxide and talc; surface active agents such as sodium lauryl sulfate, dioctyl sodium sulfosuccinate, triethanolamine, polyoxyethylene sorbitan, poloxalkol, and quarternary ammonium salts; preservatives and stabilizers; excipients such as lactose, mannitol, glucose, fructose, xylose, galactose, sucrose, maltose, xylitol, sorbitol, chlor
  • a sustained release formulation further comprises magnesium stearate and Emerald Green Lake.
  • an active agent conjugate which is further formulated with excipients may be manufactured according to any appropriate method known to those of skill in the art of pharmaceutical manufacture.
  • the active agent conjugate and a hydrophilic polymer may be mixed in a mixer with an aliquot of water to form a wet granulation.
  • the granulation may be dried to obtain hydrophilic polymer encapsulated granules of active agent-conjugate.
  • the resulting granulation may be milled, screened, then blended with various pharmaceutical additives, water insoluble polymer, and additional hydrophilic polymer.
  • the formulation may then tableted and may further be film coated with a protective coating which rapidly dissolves or disperses in gastric juices.
  • the active agent conjugate controls the release of active agent into the digestive tract over an extended period of time resulting in an improved profile when compared to immediate release combinations and reduces and/or prevents abuse without the addition of the above additives.
  • no further sustained release additives are required to achieve a blunted or reduced pharmacokinetic curve (e.g. reduced euphoric effect) while achieving therapeutically effective amounts of active agent release.
  • the compounds of the invention can be administered by a variety of dosage forms. Any biologically-acceptable dosage form known to persons of ordinary skill in the art, and combinations thereof, are contemplated. Examples of such dosage forms include, without limitation, chewable tablets, quick dissolve tablets, effervescent tablets, reconstitutable powders, elixirs, liquids, solutions, suspensions, emulsions, tablets, multi-layer tablets, bi-layer tablets, capsules, soft gelatin capsules, hard gelatin capsules, caplets, lozenges, chewable lozenges, beads, powders, granules, particles, microparticles, dispersible granules, cachets, douches, suppositories, creams, topicals, inhalants, aerosol inhalants, patches, particle inhalants, ingestibles, infusions, health bars, confections, animal feeds, cereals, yogurts, cereal coatings, foods, nutritive foods, functional foods and combinations thereof.
  • the most effective means for delivering the abuse-resistant compounds of the invention is orally, to permit maximum release of the active agent to provide therapeutic effectiveness and/or sustained release while maintaining abuse resistance.
  • the active agent When delivered by the oral route the active agent is released into circulation, preferably over an extended period of time as compared to active agent alone.
  • Formulations of the invention suitable for oral administration can be presented as discrete units, such as capsules, caplets or tablets. These oral formulations also can comprise a solution or a suspension in an aqueous liquid or a non-aqueous liquid.
  • the formulation can be an emulsion, such as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion.
  • the oils can be administered by adding the purified and sterilized liquids to a prepared enteral formula, which is then placed in the feeding tube of a patient who is unable to swallow.
  • Soft gel or soft gelatin capsules may be prepared, for example by dispersing the formulation in an appropriate vehicle (vegetable oils are commonly used) to form a high viscosity mixture. This mixture is then encapsulated with a gelatin based film using technology and machinery known to those in the soft gel industry. The industrial units so formed are then dried to constant weight.
  • an appropriate vehicle vegetable oils are commonly used
  • Chewable tablets for example may be prepared by mixing the formulations with excipients designed to form a relatively soft, flavored, tablet dosage form that is intended to be chewed rather than swallowed.
  • Conventional tablet machinery and procedures that is both direct compression and granulation, i.e., or slugging, before compression, can be utilized.
  • Those individuals involved in pharmaceutical solid dosage form production are versed in the processes and the machinery used as the chewable dosage form is a very common dosage form in the pharmaceutical industry.
  • Film coated tablets for example may be prepared by coating tablets using techniques such as rotating pan coating methods or air suspension methods to deposit a contiguous film layer on a tablet.
  • Compressed tablets for example may be prepared by mixing the formulation with excipients intended to add binding qualities to disintegration qualities.
  • the mixture is either directly compressed or granulated then compressed using methods and machinery known to those in the industry.
  • the resultant compressed tablet dosage units are then packaged according to market need, i.e., unit dose, rolls, bulk bottles, blister packs, etc.
  • the invention also contemplates the use of biologically-acceptable carriers which may be prepared from a wide range of materials.
  • materials include diluents, binders and adhesives, lubricants, plasticizers, disintegrants, colorants, bulking substances, flavorings, sweeteners and miscellaneous materials such as buffers and adsorbents in order to prepare a particular medicated composition.
  • Binders may be selected from a wide range of materials such as hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, ethylcellulose, or other suitable cellulose derivatives, povidone, acrylic and methacrylic acid co-polymers, pharmaceutical glaze, gums, milk derivatives, such as whey, starches, and derivatives, as well as other conventional binders known to persons skilled in the art.
  • Exemplary non-limiting solvents are water, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, methylene chloride or mixtures and combinations thereof.
  • Exemplary non-limiting bulking substances include sugar, lactose, gelatin, starch, and silicon dioxide.
  • Preferred plasticizers may be selected from the group consisting of diethyl phthalate, diethyl sebacate, triethyl citrate, cronotic acid, propylene glycol, butyl phthalate, dibutyl sebacate, castor oil and mixtures thereof, without limitation.
  • the plasticizers may be hydrophobic as well as hydrophilic in nature.
  • Water-insoluble hydrophobic substances such as diethyl phthalate, diethyl sebacate and castor oil are used to delay the release of water-soluble vitamins, such as vitamin B6 and vitamin C.
  • hydrophilic plasticizers are used when water-insoluble vitamins are employed which aid in dissolving the encapsulated film, making channels in the surface, which aid in nutritional composition release.
  • the formulations of this invention can include other suitable agents such as flavoring agents, preservatives and antioxidants.
  • antioxidants would be food acceptable and could include vitamin E, carotene, BHT or other antioxidants known to those of skill in the art.
  • Other compounds which may be included by admixture are, for example, medically inert ingredients, e.g. solid and liquid diluent, such as lactose, dextrose, saccharose, cellulose, starch or calcium phosphate for tablets or capsules, olive oil or ethyl oleate for soft capsules and water or vegetable oil for suspensions or emulsions; lubricating agents such as silica, talc, stearic acid, magnesium or calcium stearate and/or polyethylene glycols; gelling agents such as colloidal clays; thickening agents such as gum tragacanth or sodium alginate, binding agents such as starches, arabic gums, gelatin, methylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose or polyvinylpyrrolidone; disintegrating agents such as starch, alginic acid, alginates or sodium starch glycolate; effervescing mixtures; dyestuff; sweeteners; wetting agents such as lecithin, polysorbates
  • fine powders or granules containing diluting, dispersing and/or surface-active agents may be presented in a draught, in water or a syrup, in capsules or sachets in the dry state, in a non-aqueous suspension wherein suspending agents may be included, or in a suspension in water or a syrup.
  • suspending agents may be included, or in a suspension in water or a syrup.
  • flavoring, preserving, suspending, thickening or emulsifying agents can be included.
  • Liquid dispersions for oral administration may be syrups, emulsions or suspensions.
  • the syrups may contain as carrier, for example, saccharose or saccharose with glycerol and/or mannitol and/or sorbitol.
  • a syrup for diabetic patients can contain as carriers only products, for example sorbitol, which do not metabolize to glucose or which metabolize only a very small amount to glucose.
  • the suspensions and the emulsions may contain a carrier, for example a natural gum, agar, sodium alginate, pectin, methylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose or polyvinyl alcohol.
  • kits conveniently contain a daily dose, or an appropriate fraction thereof, of one of the present compounds.
  • units may contain from 5 mg to 500 mg, but more usually from 10 mg to 250 mg, of one of the present compounds.
  • the dosage form may combine any forms of release known to persons of ordinary skill in the art. These include immediate release, extended release, pulse release, variable release, controlled release, timed release, sustained release, delayed release, long acting, and combinations thereof.
  • immediate release extended release, pulse release, variable release, controlled release, timed release, sustained release, delayed release, long acting characteristics and combinations thereof.
  • compositions of the invention may be administered in a partial, i.e., fractional dose, one or more times during a 24 hour period, a single dose during a 24 hour period of time, a double dose during a 24 hour period of time, or more than a double dose during a 24 hour period of time.
  • Fractional, double or other multiple doses may be taken simultaneously or at different times during the 24 hour period.
  • the doses may be uneven doses with regard to one another or with regard to the individual components at different administration times.
  • compositions of the invention may be provided in a blister pack or other such pharmaceutical package.
  • the compositions of the present inventive subject matter may further include or be accompanied by indicia allowing individuals to identify the compositions as products for a prescribed treatment.
  • the indicia may further additionally include an indication of the above specified time periods for administering the compositions.
  • the indicia may be time indicia indicating a specific or general time of day for administration of the composition, or the indicia may be a day indicia indicating a day of the week for administration of the composition.
  • the blister pack or other combination package may also include a second pharmaceutical product.
  • compositions of the invention can be demonstrated using standard pharmacological models that are known in the art.
  • inventive compositions can be incorporated or encapsulated in a suitable polymer matrix or membrane for site-specific delivery, or can be functionalized with specific targeting agents capable of effecting site specific delivery. These techniques, as well as other drug delivery techniques are well known in the art.
  • the solubility and dissolution rate of the composition is substantially changed under physiological conditions encountered in the intestine, at mucosal surfaces, or in the bloodstream.
  • the solubility and dissolution rate substantially decrease the bioavailability of the said pharmaceutical, particularly at doses above those intended for therapy.
  • the decrease in bioavailability occurs upon oral administration.
  • the decrease in bioavailability occurs upon intranasal administration.
  • the decrease in bioavailability occurs upon intravenous administration.
  • Another particular embodiment of the invention provides that when the covalently modified active agent is provided for oral dosing in the form (e.g., a tablet or capsule) it is resistant to manipulation. Crushing of the tablet or disruption of the capsule does not substantially increase the rate and amount of active agent absorbed when compositions of the invention are ingested.
  • the covalently modified active agent is provided for oral dosing in the form (e.g., a tablet or capsule) it is resistant to manipulation. Crushing of the tablet or disruption of the capsule does not substantially increase the rate and amount of active agent absorbed when compositions of the invention are ingested.
  • the toxicity of the compound is substantially lower than that of the unbound active agent.
  • the covalently bound chemical moiety reduces or eliminates the possibility of overdose by oral administration.
  • the covalently bound chemical moiety reduces or eliminates the possibility of overdose by intranasal administration.
  • the covalently bound chemical moiety reduces or eliminates the possibility of overdose by injection.
  • the invention further provides methods for altering active agent in a manner that decreases their potential for abuse.
  • Methods of the invention provide various ways to regulate pharmaceutical dosage through covalent attachment of active agent to different chemical moieties.
  • One embodiment provides a method of preventing overdose comprising administering to an individual an active agent which has been covalently bound to a chemical moiety.
  • Another embodiment provides a method of safely delivering an active agent comprising providing a therapeutically effective amount of an active agent which has been covalently bound to a chemical moiety wherein the chemical moiety reduces the rate of absorption of active agent as compared to delivering the unbound active agent.
  • Another embodiment provides a method of reducing drug toxicity comprising providing a patient with an active agent which has been covalently bound to a chemical moiety wherein the chemical moiety increases the rate of clearance of a pharmacologically active active agent when given at doses exceeding those within the therapeutic range of active agent.
  • Another embodiment provides a method of reducing drug toxicity comprising providing a patient with an active agent which has been covalently bound to a chemical moiety wherein the chemical moiety provides a serum release curve which does not increase above the active agent's toxicity level when given at doses exceeding those within the therapeutic range for the unbound active agent.
  • Another embodiment provides a method of reducing bioavailability of an active agent comprising providing active agent covalently bound to a chemical moiety wherein the bound active agent maintains a steady-state serum release curve which provides a therapeutically effective bioavailability but prevents spiking or increase blood serum concentrations compared to unbound active agent when given at doses exceeding those within the therapeutic range for the unbound active agent.
  • Another embodiment provides a method of preventing a C max spike for active agent while still providing a therapeutically effective bioavailability curve comprising providing an active agent which has been covalently bound to a chemical moiety.
  • methods of the invention provide bioavailability curves similar to those found in FIGS. 52-195 .
  • Another embodiment provides a method for preventing a toxic release profile in a patient comprising administering to a patient an active agent covalently bound to a chemical moiety wherein said bound active agent maintains a steady-state serum release curve which provides a therapeutically effective bioavailability but prevents spiking or increase blood serum concentrations compared to unbound active agent.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a method for reducing or preventing abuse of a pharmaceutical composition, comprising providing, administering, or prescribing said composition to a human in need thereof, wherein said composition comprises a chemical moiety covalently attached to an active agent such that the pharmacological activity of active agent is substantially decreased when the composition is used in a manner inconsistent with the manufacturer's instructions.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a method for reducing or preventing abuse of a pharmaceutical composition, comprising consuming said composition, wherein said composition comprises a chemical moiety covalently attached to an active agent such that the pharmacological activity of the active agent is substantially decreased when the composition is used in a manner inconsistent with the manufacturer's instructions.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a method of preventing overdose of a pharmaceutical composition, comprising providing, administering, or prescribing said pharmaceutical composition to a human in need thereof, wherein said composition comprises a chemical moiety covalently attached to an active agent in a manner that substantially decreases the potential of overdose from active agent.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a method of preventing overdose of a pharmaceutical composition, comprising consuming said pharmaceutical composition, wherein said composition comprises a chemical moiety covalently attached to active agent in a manner that substantially decreases the potential of overdose from the active agent.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a method for reducing or preventing the euphoric effect of a pharmaceutical composition, comprising providing, administering, or prescribing said composition to a human in need thereof, wherein said composition comprises a chemical moiety covalently attached to an active agent such that the pharmacological activity of active agent is substantially decreased when the composition is used in a manner inconsistent with the manufacturer's instructions.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a method for reducing or preventing the euphoric effect of a pharmaceutical composition, comprising consuming said composition, wherein said composition comprises a chemical moiety covalently attached to an active agent such that the pharmacological activity of active agent is substantially decreased when the composition is used in a manner inconsistent with the manufacturer's instructions.
  • compositions are adapted for oral administration, and wherein said active agent is resistant to release from said chemical moiety when the composition is administered parenterally, such as intranasally or intravenously.
  • said active agent may be released from said chemical moiety in the presence of acid and/or enzymes present in the stomach, intestinal tract, or blood serum.
  • said composition may be in the form of a tablet, capsule, oral solution, or oral suspension.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is any of the preceding methods wherein said chemical moiety is an amino acid, oligopeptide, polypeptide, carbohydrate, glycopeptide, nucleic acid, or vitamin.
  • said chemical moiety is an amino acid, oligopeptide, or polypeptide.
  • said polypeptide comprises fewer than 70 amino acids, fewer than 50 amino acids, fewer than 10 amino acids, or fewer than 6 amino acids.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is any of the preceding methods wherein said covalent attachment comprises an ester or carbonate bond.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is any of the preceding methods wherein said active agent covalently attaches to a chemical moiety through a ketone and/or hydroxyl in a pharmaceutically acceptable oral dosage form.
  • compositions yields a therapeutic effect without substantial euphoria.
  • said active agent provides a therapeutically bioequivalent AUC when compared to active agent alone but does provide a C max which results in euphoria.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a method for reducing or preventing abuse of a pharmaceutical composition, comprising orally administering said composition to a human in need thereof, wherein said composition comprises an amino acid or peptide covalently attached to active agent such that the pharmacological activity of active agent is substantially decreased when the composition is used in a manner inconsistent with the manufacturer's instructions.
  • Another embodiment is a method of preventing overdose of a pharmaceutical composition, comprising orally administering said pharmaceutical composition to a human in need thereof, wherein said composition comprises an amino acid or peptide covalently attached to active agent in a manner that substantially decreases the potential of active agent to result in overdose.
  • Another embodiment is a method for reducing or preventing the euphoric effect of a pharmaceutical composition, comprising orally administering said composition to a human in need thereof, wherein said composition comprises an amino acid or peptide covalently attached to active agent such that the pharmacological activity of active agent is substantially decreased when the composition is used in a manner inconsistent with the manufacturer's instructions.
  • the following properties may be achieved through bonding active agent to the chemical moiety.
  • the toxicity of the compound may be substantially lower than that of the active agent when delivered in its unbound state or as a salt thereof.
  • the possibility of overdose by oral administration is reduced or eliminated.
  • the possibility of overdose by intranasal administration is reduced or eliminated.
  • the possibility of overdose by injection administration is reduced or eliminated.
  • Another embodiment of the invention provides methods of treating various diseases or conditions comprising administering compounds or compositions of the invention which further comprise commonly prescribed active agents for the respective illness or diseases wherein the amphetamine is covalently attached to a chemical moiety.
  • one embodiment of the invention comprises a method of treating attention deficit hyperactivity comprising administering to a patient amphetamine covalently bound to a chemical moiety.
  • Another embodiment provides a method of treating attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) comprising administering to a patient compounds or compositions of the invention, such as amphetamine covalently bound to a chemical moiety.
  • Another embodiment provides a method of treating attention deficit disorder (ADD) comprising administering to a patient compounds or compositions of the invention, amphetamine covalently bound to a chemical moiety.
  • ADHD attention deficit hyperactivity disorder
  • ADD attention deficit disorder
  • Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of treating cognitive decline associated with acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) or AIDS-related complex comprising administering to a patient compounds or compositions of the invention.
  • AIDS acquired immunodeficiency syndrome
  • Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of treating depression comprising administering to a patient compounds or compositions of the invention.
  • Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of treating anxiety and anxiety related disorders comprising administering to a patient compounds or compositions of the invention.
  • Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of treating psychosis comprising administering to a patient compounds or compositions of the invention.
  • Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of treating nicotine addiction comprising administering to a patient compounds or compositions of the invention.
  • Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of treating narcotic addiction comprising administering to a patient compounds or compositions of the invention.
  • Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of treating alcoholism comprising administering to a patient compounds or compositions of the invention.
  • the invention is illustrated by pharmacokinetic studies with amphetamine, hydrocodone, and oxycodone that have been covalently modified by attachment to various moieties such as an individual amino acid, specific short chained amino acid sequences such as di-, tri-, and pentapeptides, or carbohydrates such as ribose, etc. Studies include pharmacokinetic evaluations of the various drug conjugates administered by the oral, intranasal, and intravenous routes. Collectively the compounds demonstrate that active agents may be modified by covalent attachment to various moieties and retain their therapeutic value at normal doses while preventing potential overdose by oral administration and prevention of abuse through intranasal and intravenous administration.
  • Examples 33 through 83 illustrate the applicability of a number of peptide-active agent compositions in reducing the potential for overdose while maintaining their therapeutic value wherein the peptides are conjugated to the active agent hydrocodone (HC).
  • HC active agent hydrocodone
  • Exemplary compounds which were substituted at the 6 position of hydrocodone are termed EEFFI-HC, EEFFF-HC, YYI-HC, DDI-HC, and YYFFI-HC.
  • hydrocodone and hydrocodone conjugates were conducted in male Sprague-Dawley rats. Doses of hydrocodone bitartrate and hydrocodone conjugates containing equivalent amounts of hydrocodone were administered in deionized water. Oral administration was in 0.5 ml by gavage needle (with the exception of YYI-HC, which was delivered as a solid in gelatin capsules). Intranasal doses were administered by placing 20 microliters into the nasal flares of rats anesthetized with isoflurane. Intravenous administration was in 0.1 ml by tail vein injection. Plasma was collected by retroorbital sinus puncture under isoflurane anesthesia. Hydrocodone and hydromorphone (major active metabolite) concentrations were determined by LC/MS/MS.
  • FIG. 52 illustrates preparation of Galacto-Hydrocodone.
  • Molar Reagents MW Weight mmoles Equivalents 1. Hydrocodone 299 0.223 g 0.75 1.0 1. LiN(TMS) 2 in THF 1M 1.13 ml 1.13 1.5 1.
  • DMF 5 ml — — 2.
  • Galactose Chloroformate — 1.49 2.0 2.
  • DMF 3 ml — — 3. 1M HCl 1M 30 ml — — 3.
  • FIG. 53 depicts oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant hydrocodone carbohydrate conjugates, measured as free hydrocodone (with measured plasma levels by ELISA).
  • FIG. 54 illustrates preparation of Ribo-Hydrocodone.
  • Molar Reagents MW Weight mmoles Equivalents 1. Hydrocodone 299 0.733 g 2.45 1.0 1. LiN(TMS) 2 in THF 1M 3.68 ml 3.68 1.5 1. DMF — 8 ml — — 2. Ribose Chloroformate — — 4.90 2.0 2. DMF — 3 ml — — 3. 1M HCl 1M 10 ml — — Ribo-Hydrocodone
  • FIG. 55 illustrates intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant hydrocodone carbohydrate conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone (with measured plasma levels by ELISA).
  • FIG. 56 illustrates preparation of Leu-Hydrocodone.
  • Reagents MW Weight mmoles Molar Equivalents 1.
  • Hydrocodone 299 1.00 g 3.34 1.0 1.
  • LiN(TMS) 2 in THF 1M 10.5 ml 10.5 3.15 1.
  • Boc-Leu-OSu 328 3.28 g 10.0 3.0 Leu-Hydrocodone
  • Glu-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 35 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Glu(OtBu)-OSu.
  • Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 35 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Ile-OSu.
  • FIG. 57 illustrates preparation of Ala-Pro-Hydrocodone.
  • Boc-Ala-Pro-Hydrocodone (0.100 g) was added 10 ml of 4N HCl in dioxane. The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperatures for 18 hours. Solvent was removed and final product dried under vacuum.
  • Glu-Glu-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 38 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Glu(OtBu)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Glu-Hydrocodone.
  • the compound (pyro)Glu-Glu-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 38 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-pyroglutamic acid-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Glu-Hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 58 illustrates the preparation of Gly-Gly-Leu-Hydrocodone.
  • Boc-Gly-Gly-Leu-Hydrocodone (2.08 g) was added 50 ml of 4N HCl in dioxane. The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperatures for 18 hours. Solvent was removed and final product dried under vacuum.
  • Glu-Glu-Glu-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 41 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Glu(OtBu)-Glu(OtBu)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Glu-Hydrocodone.
  • Pro-Pro-Leu-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 41 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Pro-Pro-OSu.
  • Leu-Leu-Leu-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 41 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Leu-Leu-OSu.
  • Pro-Pro-Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 41 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Pro-Pro-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Ile-Hydrocodone.
  • Leu-Pro-Leu-Hydrocodone was prepared by similar methods except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Leu-Pro-OSu.
  • Lys-Lys-Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by similar methods except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Lys(Boc)-Lys(Boc)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Ile-Hydrocodone.
  • Glu-Glu-Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by similar methods except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Glu(OtBu)-Glu(OtBu)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Ile-Hydrocodone.
  • Tyr-Tyr-Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by similar methods except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Tyr(tBu)-Tyr(tBu)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Ile-Hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 59 illustrates preparation of Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Leu-Hydrocodone.
  • Molar Reagents MW Weight mmoles Equivalents Gly-Gly-Leu-Hydrocodone 599 0.580 g 0.970 1.0 Boc-Gly-Gly-OSu 329 0.638 g 1.94 2.0 NMM 101 1.06 ml 9.70 10 DMF — 20 ml — — Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Leu-Hydrocodone
  • Boc-Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Leu-Hydrocodone 25 ml of 4N HCl in dioxane. The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperatures for 18 hours. Solvent was removed and final product dried under vacuum.
  • Glu 5 -Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 50 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Glu(OtBu)-Glu(OtBu)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Glu 3 -Hydrocodone.
  • Glu 2 -Gly 2 -Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 50 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Glu(OtBu)-Glu(OtBu)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Gly 2 -Ile-Hydrocodone.
  • Glu 2 -Gly 2 -Leu-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 50 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Glu(OtBu)-Glu(OtBu)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Gly 2 -Leu-Hydrocodone.
  • Glu 4 -Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 50 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Gly-Gly-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Gly 2 -Ile-Hydrocodone.
  • Glu 2 -Phe 3 -Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 50 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Glu(OtBu)-Glu(OtBu)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Phe 3 -Hydrocodone.
  • Lys 2 -Gly 2 -Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 50 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Lys(Boc)-Lys(Boc)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Gly 2 -Ile-Hydrocodone.
  • Lys 2 -Pro 2 -Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 50 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Lys(Boc)-Lys(Boc)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Pro 2 -Ile-Hydrocodone.
  • Tyr 2 -Gly 2 -Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 50 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Tyr(tBu)-Tyr(tBu)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Gly 2 -Ile-Hydrocodone.
  • Gly 2 -Pro 2 -Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 50 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Gly 2 -OSu and the conjugate starting material was Pro 2 -Ile-Hydrocodone.
  • Asp 2 -Phe 2 -Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 50 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Asp(OtBu)-Asp(OtBu)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Phe 2 -Ile-Hydrocodone.
  • Glu 2 -Asp 2 -Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 50 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Glu(OtBu)-Glu(OtBu)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Asp 2 -Ile-Hydrocodone.
  • Lys 2 -Asp 2 -Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 50 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Lys(Boc)-Lys(Boc)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Asp 2 -Ile-Hydrocodone.
  • Tyr 2 -Glu 2 -Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 50 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Tyr(tBu)-Tyr(tBu)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Glu 2 -Ile-Hydrocodone.
  • Asp 4 -Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 50 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Asp(OtBu)-Asp(OtBu)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Asp 2 -Ile-Hydrocodone.
  • Glu 2 -Phe 2 -Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 50 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Glu(OtBu)-Glu(OtBu)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Phe 2 -Ile-Hydrocodone.
  • Lys 2 -Glu 2 -Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 50 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Lys(Boc)-Lys(Boc)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Glu 2 -Ile-Hydrocodone.
  • Tyr 2 -Phe-Pro-Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 50 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Tyr(tBu)-Tyr(tBu)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Phe-Pro-Ile-Hydrocodone.
  • Hydrocodone bitartrate (48.38 g) was stirred in 500 ml 1N NaOH for 5 minutes. Suspension was split into 2 batches and extracted using CHCl 3 (2 ⁇ 250 ml), organics were dried using MgSO 4 and filtered. Solvent was removed and product was obtained as a white powder (29.05 g).
  • Boc-Tyr(tBu)-OH (1.00 g) in 15 ml DMF was added O-(N-succinimidyl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate (TSTU) (0.892 g) and NMM (0.65 ml).
  • TSTU O-(N-succinimidyl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate
  • Boc-Tyr(OtBu)-Tyr(OtBu)-Phe-Phe-Ile-HC (3.53 g) was deprotected using 4N HCl in dioxane ( ⁇ 100 ml). This material was stirred at ambient temperatures for ⁇ 1 hour. The solvent was evaporated and the product was collected as a slightly yellow powder (3.64 g).
  • FIGS. 60 through 85 demonstrate plasma levels measured by ELISA of various compounds described in Examples 35 through 68.
  • FIG. 86 illustrates preparation of 1,2:3,4-di-O-isopropylidene-D-galactopyranose.
  • Molar Reagents MW Weight mmoles Equivalents 1,2:3,4-di-O-isopropylidene- 260 1.00 g 3.85 1 D-galactopyranose 20% Phosgene in toluene — 20 ml — — Chloroformate of 1,2:3,4-di-O-isopropylidene-D-galactopyranose
  • FIG. 87 illustrates oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant hydrocodone glyco-peptide conjugates, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • Gulonic acid-Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared in a manner similar to Example 69 except Ile-Hydrocodone was used as the conjugated starting material and Gulonic acid-OSu was used as the carbohydrate starting material.
  • FIG. 88 illustrates Oral bioavailability of an abuse-resistant hydrocodone amino acid-carbohydrate conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 89 illustrates nucleosides and conjugation sites. Examples 74 through 83 are also described through FIGS. 90 through 128 (with plasma levels measured by LC/MS/MS).
  • Example 74 illustrates that when the peptides EEFFI (Table 46, FIG. 90 ), EEFFF (Table 47, FIG. 91 ), YYI (Table 48, FIG. 92 ), DDI (Table 49, FIG. 93 ), and YYFFI (Table 50, FIG. 94 ) are conjugated to the active agent hydrocodone oral bioavailability is maintained or increased over an equivalent hydrocodone dose when the dose is administered as 1 mg/kg.
  • This dose is the equivalent of a human dose of 10 to 14 mg for an individual weighing 70 kg (148 lbs) according to Chou et al.
  • peak levels and bioavailability of EEFFI-HC Table 51, FIG.
  • a 5 mg/kg dose in rats approximates an 80 mg human equivalent dose (HED) of hydrocodone bitartrate; a dose that would be likely to be harmful to a na ⁇ ve patient in immediate release form with the potential for fatal overdose.
  • HED human equivalent dose
  • Human equivalent doses are defined as the equivalent dose for a 60 kg person adjusted for the body surface area of the animal model. The adjustment factor for rats is 6.2.
  • the HED for a rat dose of 5 mg/kg of hydrocodone base is equivalent to 48.39 mg (5/6.2 ⁇ 60) hydrocodne base; which is equivalent to 79.98 (48.39/0.605) mg hydrocodone bitartrate, when adjusted for the salt content.
  • peptide-hydrocodone conjugates maintain their therapeutic value at the lower dose (1 mg/kg), whereas when given at a dose above a safe level (5 mg/kg) bioavailability is decreased as compared to hydrocodone, thus diminishing the potential for overdose by oral ingestion.
  • the decrease in bioavailability of hydrocodone from peptide hydrocodone conjugates relative to hydrocodone ranged from 9 to 70 percent (Table 55). TABLE 46 Oral Pharmacokinetics of Hydrocodone vs. EEFFI-HC (1 mg/kg dose).
  • Example 75 illustrates that when the peptides EEFFF (Table 56, FIG. 99 ), YYI (Table 57, FIG. 100 ), DDI (Table 58, FIG. 101 ) and YYFFI (Table 59, FIG. 102 ) are conjugated to the active agent hydrocodone the bioavailability by the intravenous route is substantially decreased thereby diminishing the possibility of overdose when the drug is administered by snorting.
  • EEFFF Table 56, FIG. 99
  • YYI Table 57, FIG. 100
  • DDI Table 58, FIG. 101
  • YYFFI Table 59, FIG. 102
  • Example 76 illustrates that when the peptides EEFFI (Table 60, FIG. 103 ), EEFFF (Table 61, FIG. 104 ), YYI (Table 62, FIG. 105 ) and YYFFI (Table 63, FIG. 106 ) are conjugated to the active agent hydrocodone the bioavailability by the intravenous route is substantially decreased thereby diminishing the possibility of overdose when the drug is administered by this unintended route.
  • EEFFI Table 60, FIG. 103
  • EEFFF Table 61, FIG. 104
  • YYI Table 62, FIG. 105
  • YYFFI Table 63, FIG. 106
  • Bioavailability (AUC and Cmax) of various peptide-hydrocodone conjugates relative to that of hydrocodone bitartrate are shown in Table 64.
  • the invention is well illustrated by the in vivo performance of YYFFI-HC ( FIGS. 107 through 128 ).
  • HEDs human equivalent doses
  • YYFFI-HC showed comparable bioavailability to that of hydrocodone bitartrate (Table 65, FIGS. 129 through 134 ).
  • HEDs human equivalent doses
  • hydrocodone conjugates indicate the decrease in analgesia produced by the hydrocodone conjugates as compared to an equimolar (hydrocodone base) dose of hydrocodone bitartrate.
  • the analgesic response as determined by the hot plate test is a pharmacodynamic measurement of the pharmacological effect of hydrocodone.
  • hydrocodone conjugate indicates the decrease in analgesia produced by a hydrocodone conjugate as compared to an equimolar (hydrocodone base) dose of hydrocodone bitartrate.
  • the analgesic response as determined by the hot plate test is a pharmacodynamic measurement of the pharmacological effect of hydrocodone. This example illustrates that a hydrocodone conjugate decreased the analgesic effect by the intravenous route of administration as compared to hydrodone bitartrate.
  • hydrocodone conjugate indicates the decrease in analgesia produced by a hydrocodone conjugate as compared to an equimolar (hydrocodone base) dose of hydrocodone bitartrate.
  • the analgesic response as determined by the hot plate test is a pharmacodynamic measurement of the pharmacological effect of hydrocodone. This example illustrates that a hydrocodone conjugate decreased the analgesic effect by the subcutaneous route of administration as compared to hydrodone bitartrate.
  • hydrocodone conjugates decrease the peak level (C max ) of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone as compared to that produced by equimolar (hydrocodone base) doses of hydrocodone bitartrate when given by the oral route of administration.
  • hydrocodone conjugates decrease the peak level (C max ) and total absorption (AUC) of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone as compared to those produced by equimolar (hydrocodone base) doses of hydrocodone bitartrate when given by the intranasal route of administration.
  • This example illustrates that a dose of hydrocodone conjugate decreases the peak level (C max ) and total absorption (AUC) of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone as compared to those produced by an equimolar (hydrocodone base) dose of hydrocodone bitartrate when given by the intranasal route of administration.
  • Examples 84 through 118 illustrate the compounds and compositions for reducing the potential for overdose and abuse while maintaining therapeutic value wherein the active agent oxycodone (OC) is covalently attached to a chemical moiety.
  • OC active agent oxycodone
  • PPL(2)-OC The compound which is di-substituted at the 6 and 14 position of oxycodone is termed PPL(2)-OC.
  • oxycodone and oxycodone conjugates were conducted in male Sprague-Dawley rats. Doses of oxycodone hydrochloride and oxycodone conjugates containing equivalent amounts of oxycodone were administered in deionized water. Oral administration was in 0.5 ml by gavage needle. Intranasal doses were administered by placing 20 microliters into the nasal flares of rats anesthetized with isoflurane. Intravenous administration was in 0.1 ml by tail vein injection. Plasma was collected by retroorbital sinus puncture under isoflurane anesthesia. Oxycodone and oxymorphone (major active metabolite) concentrations were determined by LC/MS/MS.
  • Examples 84 through 96 describe methods for attaching amino acid or various length peptides to oxycodone.
  • Deprotection is same as general method mentioned above. For 100-200 mg of tripeptide derivative 10-15 ml 4N HCl/dioxane is used. Deprotection is done overnight to give [X-Y-Z] 2 -Oxycodone.3HCl.
  • tripeptide derivatives are dissolved 95% TFA (5% water) and stirred for 4 h at room temperature. Solvent is evaporated, the residue is co-evaporated with toluene twice and dried over vacuum. 4N HCl/dioxane is added and stirred overnight. Residue was evaporated to dryness and dried over vacuum.
  • Deprotection is same as general method mentioned above. Deprotection is done overnight to give Z-Y-X-O 6 -Oxycodone-O 14 -R.2HCl.
  • Boc-X-O 6 -Oxycodone-O 14 -Y-Boc was deprotected following the general method for deprotection mentioned above to give X-O 6 -Oxycodone-O 14 -Y.3HCl.
  • Deprotection is same as general method mentioned above. Deprotection is done overnight to give A-B-X-O 6 -Oxycodone-O 14 -Y-B-A.3HCl.
  • Boc-X-O 6 -Oxycodone-O 14 -Y-Cbz was deprotected following the general method for deprotection mentioned above to give X-O 6 -Oxycodone-O 14 -Y-Cbz.2HCl.
  • Deprotection is same as general method mentioned above. Deprotection is done overnight to give A-B-X-O 6 -Oxycodone-O 14 -Y-C-D.3HCl.
  • FIG. 151 depicts oxycodone.
  • Ile-Oxycodone was prepared in a similar manner to Example 97 except Boc-Ile-OSu was used as the amino acid starting material.
  • Pro 2 -Ile-Oxycodone was prepared in a similar manner to Example 99 except Ile-Oxycodone was used as the conjugated starting material.
  • Deprotection was same as above method. For 100-200 mg of tripeptide derivative 10-15 ml 4N HCl/dioxane was used. Deprotection lasts 18 hours.
  • Tripeptide derivatives were dissolved in 95% TFA (5% water) and stirred for 4 h at room temperature. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was co-evaporated with toluene twice and dried over vacuum. 4N HCl/dioxane was added and stirred overnight. Product was evaporated to dryness and dried over vacuum.
  • FIG. 152 depicts oxycodone with lysine branched peptides.
  • Disubstituted D-amino acid tripeptides were prepared in a manner similar to disubstituted tripeptide conjugates except the amino acid starting material used the unnatural D-amino acids.
  • glycopeptides will be produced.
  • FIG. 153 depicts a glycosylated oxycodone.
  • FIG. 154 depicts formation of an enol ether with serine.
  • FIG. 155 depicts niacin and biotin.
  • Vitamins can be used to cap or further functionalize the peptide chain. Niacin and biotin will be conjugated to four different dipeptides.
  • FIGS. 156-192 demonstrate plasma levels of oxycodone measured by ELISA.
  • Plasma oxycodone concentrations were measured by ELISA (Oxymorphone, 102919, Neogen, Corporation, Lexington, Ky.). The assay is specific for oxymorphone (the major oxycodone metabolite) and oxycodone. Plasma concentration-time curves are shown in FIGS. 156-174 .
  • This example illustrates that when the peptide PPL (Table 74, FIG. 193 ) is conjugated (disubstituted at the 6 and 14 positions) to the active agent oxyocodone oral bioavailability is maintained as compared to an equimolar oxyocodone dose when the dose administered is 1 mg/kg.
  • This dose is the equivalent of a human dose of 25 to 35 mg for an individual weighing 70 kg (148 lbs) according to Chou et al.
  • Plasma oxycodone concentrations were measured by ELISA (Oxymorphone, 102919, Neogen, Corporation, Lexington, Ky.). The assay is specific for oxymorphone (the major oxycodone metabolite) and oxycodone. Plasma concentration-time curves of various oxycodone conjugates vs. oxycodone HCl are shown in FIGS. 175-192 .
  • oxycodone conjugates decrease the peak level (C max ) and total absorption (AUC) of oxycodone plus oxymorphone as compared to those produced by equimolar (oxycodone base) doses of oxycodone HCl when given by the intranasal route of administration.
  • oxycodone conjugates Male Sprague-Dawley rats were provided water ad libitum and doses were administered by intravenous tail vein injection of 0.1 ml of water containing oxycodone conjugates or oxycodone HCl. All doses contained equivalent amounts of oxycodone base. Plasma oxycodone concentrations were measured by ELISA (Oxymorphone, 102919, Neogen, Corporation, Lexington, Ky.). The assay is specific for oxymorphone (the major oxycodone metabolite) and oxycodone. Plasma concentration-time curves of an oxycodone conjugate vs. oxycodone HCl is shown in FIG. 195 .
  • This example illustrates that an oxycodone conjugate decreases the peak level (Cmax) and total absorption (AUC) of oxycodone plus oxymorphone as compared to those produced by an equimolar (oxycodone base) dose of oxycodone HCl when given by the intravenous route of administration.
  • examples 33 through 118 illustrate the application of the invention for reducing the overdose potential of narcotic analgesics. These examples establish that an active agent can be covalently modified by attachment of a chemical moiety in a manner that maintains therapeutic value over a normal dosing range, while substantially decreasing if not eliminating the possibility of overdose by oral, intranasal, or intravenous routes of administration with the active agent.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Addiction (AREA)
  • Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprised of a chemical moiety attached to an active agent in a manner that substantially decreases the potential of the active agent to cause overdose or to be abused. When delivered at the proper dosage the pharmaceutical composition provides therapeutic activity similar to that of the parent active agent.

Description

    CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application is a continuation-in-part application and claims priority to 35 U.S.C. § 120 to U.S. application Ser. No. 09/933,708 filed Aug. 22, 2001; this application is also a continuation-in-part and claims benefit under 35 U.S.C. 120 to U.S. application Ser. No. 10/156,527 filed May 29, 2002, which claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. 119(e) to U.S. Provisional application No. 60/358,368 filed Feb. 22, 2002, and U.S. Provisional application No. 60/366,258 filed Mar. 22, 2002 and U.S. Provisional No. 60/358,381 filed Feb. 22, 2002; this application is also a continuation-in-part and claims benefit under 35 U.S.C. 120 to U.S. application Ser. No. 10/953,119 filed Sep. 30, 2004, which claims benefit under 35 U.S.C. 119(e) to U.S. Provisional application No. 60/567,800 filed May 5, 2004; U.S. Provisional application No. 60/507,012 filed Sep. 30, 2003; U.S. Provisional application No. 60/567,802 filed May 5, 2004; and U.S. Provisional application No. 60/568,011 filed on May 5, 2004; this application is also a continuation-in-part and claims benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 120 to U.S. application Ser. No. 10/953,110 filed Sep. 30, 2004; this application is also continuation-in-part and claims benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 120 to 10/923,257 filed Aug. 23, 2004; this application is also continuation-in-part and claims benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 120 to 10/923,088 filed Aug. 23, 2004 which claims benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 120 to and is a continuation-in-part application of PCT application No. US03/05525 filed Feb. 24, 2003 which claims benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e) to U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/362,082 filed Mar. 7, 2002; this application is also continuation-in-part and claims benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 120 to U.S. application Ser. No. 10/955,006 filed Sep. 30, 2004; this application is also continuation-in-part and claims benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 120 to U.S. application Ser. No. 10/953,116 filed Sep. 30, 2004; this application is also a continuation-in-part and claims benefit under 35 U.S.C. 120 to U.S. application Ser. No. 10/953,111 filed Sep. 30, 2004; this application is a continuation-in-part and claims benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 119 to PCT/US04/32131 filed Aug. 19, 2004. Each of the above applications are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
    • BACKGROUND
  • Accidental and intentional overdose with prescription and over the counter drugs is a serious health problem with thousands of fatalities occurring each year as a result. The present invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprised of a chemical moiety attached to an active agent in a manner that substantially decreases the potential of the active agent to cause overdose or to be abused. When delivered at the proper dosage the pharmaceutical composition provides therapeutic activity similar to that of the parent active agent. However, when the composition is delivered at higher doses the potential for overdose or abuse is reduced due to the limited bioavailability of the active agent as compared to the active agent delivered as free drug.
    • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
  • FIG. 52. illustrates preparation of Galacto-Hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 53. Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant hydrocodone carbohydrate conjugates, measured as free hydrocodone (with measured plasma levels by ELISA).
  • FIG. 54. illustrates preparation of Ribo-Hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 55. Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant hydrocodone carbohydrate conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone (with measured plasma levels by ELISA).
  • FIG. 56. illustrates preparation of Leu-Hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 57. illustrates preparation of Ala-Pro-Hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 58. illustrates the preparation of Gly-Gly-Leu-Hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 59. illustrates preparation of Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Leu-Hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 60. Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant hydrocodone amino acid, di- and tri-peptide conjugates, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 61. Analgesic effect of abuse-resistant hydrocodone tri-peptide conjugate following intranasal administration, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 62. Analgesic effect of abuse-resistant hydrocodone tri- and penta-peptide conjugates following subcutaneous administration, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 63. Analgesic effect of abuse-resistant hydrocodone penta-peptide conjugate following intransal administration, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 64. Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant hydrocodone tri- and penta-peptide conjugates, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 65. Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant hydrocodone tri- and penta-peptide conjugates, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 66. Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant hydrocodone an amino acid-carbohydrate peptide conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 67. Analgesic effect of abuse-resistant hydrocodone penta-peptide conjugate following intravenous administration, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 68. Intranasal bioavailability of an abuse-resistant hydrocodone tri-peptide conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 69. Intranasal bioavailability of an abuse-resistant hydrocodone penta-peptide conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 70. Intranasal bioavailability of an abuse-resistant hydrocodone tri-peptide conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 71. Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant hydrocodone tri- and penta-peptide conjugates, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 72. Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant hydrocodone penta-peptide conjugates, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 73. Intranasal bioavailability of an abuse-resistant hydrocodone penta-peptide conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 74. Intravenous bioavailability of an abuse-resistant hydrocodone tri-peptide conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 75. Intranasal bioavailability of an abuse-resistant hydrocodone tri-peptide conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 76. Oral bioavailability of an abuse-resistant hydrocodone penta-peptide conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 77. Intranasal bioavailability of an abuse-resistant hydrocodone tri-penta-peptide conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 78. Intranasal bioavailability of an abuse-resistant hydrocodone penta-peptide conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 79. Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant hydrocodone penta-peptide conjugates, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 80. Intranasal bioavailability of an abuse-resistant hydrocodone tri-peptide conjugate containing D- and L-isomers, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 81. Intranasal bioavailability of an abuse-resistant hydrocodone penta-peptide conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 82. Intranasal bioavailability of an abuse-resistant hydrocodone penta-peptide conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 83. Intranasal bioavailability of an abuse-resistant hydrocodone penta-peptide conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 84. Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant hydrocodone penta-peptide conjugates, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 85. Intranasal bioavailability of an abuse-resistant hydrocodone penta-peptide conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 86. illustrates preparation of 1,2:3,4-di-O-isopropylidene-D-galactopyranose.
  • FIG. 87. Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant hydrocodone glyco-peptide conjugates, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 88. Oral bioavailability of an abuse-resistant hydrocodone amino acid-crabohydrate conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 89. illustrates nucleosides and conjugation sites.
  • FIG. 90. Oral bioavailability in rats for hydrocodone vs. EEFFFI-HC at a dose (1 mg/kg) approximating a therapeutic human dose equivalent measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 91. Oral bioavailability in rats for hydrocodone vs. EEFFF-HC at a dose (1 mg/kg) approximating a therapeutic human dose equivalent measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 92. Oral bioavailability in rats for hydrocodone vs. YYI-HC at a dose (1 mg/kg) approximating a therapeutic human dose equivalent measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 93. Oral bioavailability in rats for hydrocodone vs. DDI-HC at a dose (1 mg/kg) approximating a therapeutic human dose equivalent measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 94. Oral bioavailability in rats for hydrocodone vs. YYFFI-HC at a dose (1 mg/kg) approximating a therapeutic human dose equivalent measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 95. Oral bioavailability in rats for hydrocodone vs. EEFFI-HC at a dose (5 mg/kg) approaching a human overdose equivalent measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 96. Oral bioavailability in rats for hydrocodone vs. YYI-HC at a dose (5 mg/kg) approaching a human overdose equivalent measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 97. Oral bioavailability in rats for hydrocodone vs. DDI-HC at a dose (5 mg/kg) approaching a human overdose equivalent measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 98. Oral bioavailability in rats for hydrocodone vs. YYFFI-HC at a dose (5 mg/kg) approaching a human overdose equivalent measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 99. Decrease in bioavailability of EEFFF-HC as compared to hydrocodone by the intranasal route of administration measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 100. Decrease in bioavailability of YYI-HC as compared to hydrocodone by the intranasal route of administration measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 101. Decrease in bioavailability of DDI-HC as compared to hydrocodone by the intranasal route of administration measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 102. Decrease in bioavailability of YYFFI-HC as compared to hydrocodone by the intranasal route of administration measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 103. Decrease in bioavailability of EEFFI-HC as compared to hydrocodone by the intravenous route of administration measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 104. Decrease in bioavailability of EEFFF-HC as compared to hydrocodone by the intravenous route of administration measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 105. Decrease in bioavailability of YYI-HC as compared to hydrocodone by the intravenous route of administration measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 106. Decrease in bioavailability of YYFFI-HC as compared to hydrocodone by the intravenous route of administration measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 107. Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 108. Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 109. Oral bioavailability of hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 110. Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 2 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 111. Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 2 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 112. Oral bioavailability of hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 2 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 113. Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 5 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 114. Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 5 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 115. Oral bioavailability of hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 5 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 116. Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 25 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 117. Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 25 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 118. Oral bioavailability of hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 25 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 119. Oral bioavailability (AUC0-4h) of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (concentration vs. dose) in proportion to dose following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at escalating doses (1, 2, 5, and 25 mg/kg—equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 120. Oral bioavailability (AUC0-4h) of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone in proportion to human equivalent doses (HED) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at escalating doses (1, 2, 5, and 25 mg/kg—equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 121. Oral bioavailability (Cmax) of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (concentration vs. dose) in proportion to dose following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at escalating doses (1, 2, 5, and 25 mg/kg—equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 122. Oral bioavailability (Cmax) of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone in proportion to human equivalent doses (HED) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at escalating doses (1, 2, 5, and 25 mg/kg—equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 123. Intravenous bioavailability of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone and YYFFI-HC (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 124. Intravenous bioavailability of hydrocodone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 125. Intravenous bioavailability of hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 126. Intranasal bioavailability of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 127. Intranasal bioavailability of hydrocodone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 128. Intranasal bioavailability of hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 129. Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 130. Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 131. Oral bioavailability of hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 132. Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 2 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 133. Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 2 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 134. Oral bioavailability of hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 2 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 135. Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 5 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 136. Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 5 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 137. Oral bioavailability of hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 5 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 138. Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 25 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 139. Oral bioavailability of hydrocodone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 25 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 140. Oral bioavailability of hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 25 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 141. Oral bioavailability (AUC0-4) of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (concentration vs. dose) in proportion to dose following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at escalating doses (1, 2, 5, and 25 mg/kg—equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 142. Oral bioavailability (AUC0-4) of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone in proportion to human equivalent doses (HED) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at escalating doses (1, 2, 5, and 25 mg/kg—equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 143. Oral bioavailability (Cmax) of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (concentration vs. dose) in proportion to dose following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at escalating doses (1, 2, 5, and 25 mg/kg—equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 144. Oral bioavailability (Cmax) of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone in proportion to human equivalent doses (HED) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at escalating doses (1, 2, 5, and 25 mg/kg—equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 145. Intravenous bioavailability of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone and YYFFI-HC (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 146. Intravenous bioavailability of hydrocodone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 147. Intravenous bioavailability of hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 148. Intranasal bioavailability of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 149. Intranasal bioavailability of hydrocodone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 150. Intranasal bioavailability of hydromorphone (concentration vs. time) following administration of hydrocodone bitratrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (equimolar doses with equivalent content of hydrocodone base) in rats, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 151. depicts oxycodone.
  • FIG. 152. depicts oxycodone with lysine branched peptides.
  • FIG. 153. depicts a glycosylated oxycodone.
  • FIG. 154. depicts formation of an enol ether with serine.
  • FIG. 155. depicts niacin and biotin.
  • FIG. 156. Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 157. Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 158. Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 159. Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 160. Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 161. Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 162. Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 163. Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 164. Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 165. Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 166. Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 167. Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 168. Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 169. Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 170. Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 171. Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 172. Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 173. Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 174. Oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 175. Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 176. Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 177. Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 178. Intravenous bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 179. Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 180. Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 181. Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 182. Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 183. Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 184. Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 185. Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 186. Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 187. Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 188. Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 189. Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 190. Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 191. Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 192. Intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant oxycodone disubstituted tripeptide conjugates, measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 193. Oral bioavailability in rats of oxycodone vs. P2L(2)-Oxycodone at a dose (2.5 mg/kg) approximating a therapeutic human dose equivalent measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 194. Decrease in bioavailability of P2L(2)-Oxycodone as compared to oxycodone by the intranasal route of administration-dose 2.5 mg/kg measured as free oxycodone.
  • FIG. 195. Decrease in bioavailability of P2L(2)-Oxycodone as compared to oxycodone by the intravenous route of administration-dose 0.5 mg/kg measured as free oxycodone.
    • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention relates to changing the pharmacokinetic and pharmacological properties of active agents through covalent modification. Covalent attachment of a chemical moiety to an active agent can change the rate and extent of absorption, metabolism, distribution, and elimination of the active agent. When administered at a normal therapeutic dose the bioavailablility (area under the time-versus-concentration curve; AUC) of the active agent is similar to that of the parent active agent compound. As the oral dose is increased, however, the bioavailability of the covalently modified active agent relative to the parent active agent begins to decline. At suprapharmacological doses the bioavailability of the active agent conjugate is substantially decreased as compared to the parent active agent. The relative decrease in bioavailability at higher doses abates the euphoria obtained when doses of the active agent conjugate are taken above those of the intended prescription. This in turn diminishes the abuse potential, whether unintended or intentionally sought.
  • Persons that abuse prescription drugs commonly seek to increase their euphoria by snorting or injecting the drugs. These routes of administration increase the rate and extent of drug absorption and provide a faster, nearly instantaneous, effect. This increases the amount of drug that reaches the central nervous system where it has its effect. In a particular embodiment of the invention the bioavailability of the covalently modified active agent is substantially decreased by the intranasal and intravenous routes as compared to the parent active agent. Thus the illicit practice of snorting and shooting the drug loses its advantage.
  • In accordance with the present invention and as used herein, the following terms are defined with the following meanings, unless explicitly stated otherwise. For additional methods of attaching active agents to carriers, see application number U.S. Ser. No. 10/156,527, and/or PCT/US03/05524, and/or PCT/US03/05525 and/or PCT/US04/17204 each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • The invention utilizes covalent modification of an active agent to decrease its potential for causing overdose or being abused. The active agent is covalently modified in a manner that decreases its pharmacological activity, as compared to the unmodified active agent, at doses above those considered therapeutic, e.g., at doses inconsistent with the manufacturer's instructions. When given at lower doses, such as those intended for therapy, the covalently modified active agent retains pharmacological activity similar to that of the unmodified active agent. The covalent modification of the active agent may comprise the attachment of any chemical moiety through conventional chemistry.
  • Compounds, compositions and methods of the invention provide reduced potential for overdose, reduced potential for abuse or addiction and/or improve the active agent's characteristics with regard to high toxicities or suboptimal release profiles.
  • The following is a non-exclusive list of compounds that may be used in connection with the invention: alphacetylmethadol hydrochloride, anileridine, apomorphine, bemidone, betacetylmethadol hydrochloride, buprenorphine hydrochloride, butorphanol tartrate, codeine, dezocine, dihydrocodeine, dihydromorphine, dipanone hydrochloride, eptazocine hydrobromide, ethylmorphine, etorphine hydrochloride, hydromorphone, ketobemidone, levorphanol tartrate, loperamide, meptazinol hydrochloride, methyldihydromorphinone, nalbuphine hydrochloride, nalbuphine hydrochloride, normorphine, oxycodone, oxymorphone, pentazocine, piminodine, tramadol, allobarbitone, alprazolan, amylobarbitone, barbitone sodium, butobarbitone, captodiame hydrochloride, chloral betaine, chloral hydrate, chloralose, chlorhexadol, chlormethiazole edisylate, cinolazepam, potassium clorazepate, cyclobarbitone calcium, delorzepam, difebarbamate, enciprazine hydrochloride, flunitrazepam, hexobarbitone sodium, ibomal, lorazepam, lormetazepam, meprobamate, methylpentynol, midazolam maleate, oxazepam, pentabarbitone calcium, phenprobamate, proxibarbal, quinalbaritone, quinalbarbitone sodium, secbutobarbitone sodium, temazepam, triclofos sodium, zalepan, and zolazepam hydrochloride.
  • Throughout this application the use of “opioid” is meant to include any drug that activates the opioid receptors found in the brain, spinal cord and gut. There are three broad classes of opioids: naturally occurring opium alkaloids, such as morphine (the prototypical opioid) and codeine; semi-synthetics such as heroine, oxycodone and hydrocodone that are produced by modifying natural opium alkaloids and have similar chemical structures; and pure synthetics such as fentanyl and methadone that are not produced from opium and may have very different chemical structures than the opium alkaloids. Other opioids include hydroxymorphone, oxymorphone, methadone, levorphanol, dihydrocodeine, meperidine, diphenoxylate, sufentanil, alfentanil, propoxyphene, pentazocine, nalbuphine, butorphanol, buprenorphine, meptazinol, dezocine, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • Throughout this application the use of “oxyocodone” is meant to include a narcotic alkaloid (chemical formula C18H21NO4) and its derivatives such as the hydrochloride salt of oxycodone. Oxycodone is related to codeine and is used as an analgesic and/or a sedative. Oxycodone is a powerful and potentially addictive opioid analgesic synthesized from thebaine. It is similar to codeine, but is more potent and has a higher dependence potential. It is effective orally and is often marketed in combination with aspirin (Percodan®) or acetaminophen (Percocet®) for the relief of pain. It is also sold in a sustained-release form under the trade name Oxycontin®. All of these deriviatives or combinations of oxycodone are encompassed by the present invention.
  • Throughout this application the use of “hydrocodone” is meant to include a semisynthetic narcotic analgesic and antitussive prepared from codeine with multiple actions qualitatively similar to those of codeine. It is commonly used for the relief of moderate to moderately severe pain. Trade names include Anexsia®, Hycodan®, Hycomine®, Lorcet®, Lortab®, Norco®, Tussionex®, Tylox®, and Vicodin®. Derivatives of hydrocodone, such as hydrocodone bitartrate and hydrocodone polistirex, are encompassed by the present invention.
  • Throughout this application the use of “peptide” is meant to include a single amino acid, a dipeptide, a tripeptide, an oligopeptide, a polypeptide, or the carrier peptide. Oligopeptide is meant to include from 2 amino acids to 70 amino acids. Further, at times the invention is described as being an active agent attached to an amino acid, a dipeptide, a tripeptide, an oligopeptide, or polypeptide to illustrate specific embodiments for the active agent conjugate. Preferred lengths of the conjugates and other preferred embodiments are described herein.
  • Throughout this application the use of “chemical moiety” is meant to include at least amino acids, peptides, glycopeptides, carbohydrates, lipids, nucleosides, or vitamins.
  • “Carbohydrates” includes sugars, starches, cellulose, and related compounds. e.g., (CH2O)n, wherein n is an integer larger than 2 or Cn(H2O)n-1, with n larger than 5. More specific examples include for instance, fructose, glucose, lactose, maltose, sucrose, glyceraldehyde, dihydroxyacetone, erythrose, ribose, ribulose, xylulose, galactose, mannose, sedoheptulose, neuraminic acid, dextrin, and glycogen.
  • A “glycoprotein” is a compound containing carbohydrate (or glycan) covalently linked to protein. The carbohydrate may be in the form of a monosaccharide, disaccharide(s). oligosaccharide(s), polysaccharide(s), or their derivatives (e.g. sulfo- or phospho-substituted).
  • A “glycopeptide” is a compound consisting of carbohydrate linked to an oligopeptide composed of L- and/or D-amino acids. A glyco-amino-acid is a saccharide attached to a single amino acid by any kind of covalent bond. A glycosyl-amino-acid is a compound consisting of saccharide linked through a glycosyl linkage (O—, N— or S—) to an amino acid.
  • A “composition” as used herein, refers broadly to any composition containing a described molecule conjugates. The composition may comprise a dry formulation, an aqueous solution, or a sterile composition. Compositions comprising the molecules described herein may be stored in freeze-dried form and may be associated with a stabilizing agent such as a carbohydrate. In use, the composition may be deployed in an aqueous solution containing salts, e.g., NaCl, detergents, e.g., sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS), and other components.
  • A “controlled substance” is a substance subject to federal regulation of its manufacture, sale, or distribution because of the potential for, or proved evidence of, abuse; because of its potential for psychic or physiological dependence; because it constitutes a public health risk; because of the scientific evidence of its pharmacologic effect; or because of its role as a precursor of other controlled substances.
  • Important note regarding stereochemistry: This patent is meant to cover all compounds discussed regardless of absolute configurations. Thus, natural, L-amino acids are discussed but the use of D-amino acids are also included.
  • The following abbreviations may be in this application:
      • BOC=t-butyloxycarbonyl
      • CMC=carboxymethylcellulose
      • DIPEA=di-isopropyl ethyl amine
      • mp=melting point
      • NMR=nuclear magnetic resonance
      • OSu=hydroxysuccinimido ester
      • Nia=Niacin
      • Bio=Biotin
  • The attached chemical moiety may be any chemical substance that decreases the pharmacological activity until the active agent is released. Preferably the chemical moiety is a single amino acid, dipeptide or tripeptide, tetrapeptide, pentapeptide, or hexapeptide. The active agent binds to specific sites to produce various effects (Hoebel, et al., 1989). The attachment of certain chemical moieties can therefore diminish or prevent binding to these biological target sites. Preferably, absorption of the composition into the brain is prevented or substantially diminished and/or delayed when delivered by routes other than oral administration.
  • The attached chemical moiety may further comprise naturally occurring or synthetic substances. This would include but is not limited to the attachment of an active agent to one or more amino acids, peptides, lipids, carbohydrates, glycopeptides, nucleic acids or vitamins. These chemical moieties could be expected to affect delayed release in the gastrointestinal tract and prevent rapid onset of the desired activity, particularly when delivered by parenteral routes. (Hoebel, B. G., L. Hernandez, et al. (1989). “Microdialysis studies of brain norepinephrine, serotonin, and dopamine release during ingestive behavior. Theoretical and clinical implications.” Ann N Y Acad Sci 575: 171-91).
  • For each of the embodiments recited herein, the amino acid or peptide may comprise of one or more of the naturally occurring (L-) amino acids: alanine, arginine, asparagine, aspartic acid, cysteine, glycine, glutamic acid, glutamine, histidine, isoleucine, leucine, lysine, methionine, proline, phenylalanine, serine, tryptophan, threonine, tyrosine, and valine. In another embodiment the amino acid or peptide is comprised of one or more of the naturally occurring (D) amino acids: alanine, arginine, asparagine, aspartic acid, cysteine, glycine, glutamic acid, glutamine, histidine, isoleucine, leucine, lysine, methionine, proline, phenylalanine, serine, tryptophan, threonine, tyrosine, and valine. In another embodiment the amino acid or peptide is comprised of one or more unnatural, non-standard or synthetic amino acids such as, aminohexanoic acid, biphenylalanine, cyclohexylalanine, cyclohexylglycine, diethylglycine, dipropylglycine, 2,3-diaminoproprionic acid, homophenylalanine, homoserine, homotyrosine, naphthylalanine, norleucine, ornithine, pheylalanine(4-fluoro), phenylalanine(2,3,4,5,6 pentafluoro), phenylalanine(4-nitro), phenylglycine, pipecolic acid, sarcosine, tetrahydroisoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid, and tert-leucine. In another embodiment the amino acid or peptide comprises of one or more amino acid alcohols. In another embodiment the amino acid or peptide comprises of one or more N-methyl amino acids.
  • In another embodiment, the specific carriers are utilized as a base short chain amino acid sequence and additional amino acids are added to the terminus or side chain. In another embodiment, the above amino acid sequence may have one more of the amino acids substituted with one of the 20 naturally occurring amino acids. It is preferred that the substitution be with an amino acid which is similar in structure or charge compared to the amino acid in the sequence. For instance, isoleucine (Ile)[I] is structurally very similar to leucine (Leu)[L], whereas, tyrosine (Tyr)[Y] is similar to phenylalanine (Phe)[F], whereas serine (Ser)[S] is similar to threonine (Thr)[T], whereas cysteine (Cys)[C] is similar to methionine (Met)[M], whereas alanine (Ala)[A] is similar to valine (Val)[V], whereas lysine (Lys)[K] is similar to arginine (Arg)[R], whereas asparagine (Asn)[N] is similar to glutamine (Gln)[Q], whereas aspartic acid (Asp)[D] is similar to glutamic acid (Glu)[E], whereas histidine (His)[H] is similar to proline (Pro)[P], and glycine (Gly)[G] is similar to tryptophan (Trp)[W]. In the alternative the preferred amino acid substitutions may be selected according to hydrophilic properties (i.e. polarity) or other common characteristics associated with the 20 essential amino acids. While preferred embodiments utilize the 20 natural amino acids for their GRAS characteristics, it is recognized that minor substitutions along the amino acid chain which do not effect the essential characteristics of the amino are also contemplated.
  • In one embodiment the carrier range is between one to 12 chemical moieties with one to 8 moieties being preferred. In another embodiment the number of chemical moieties attached is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7, etc. In another embodiment of the invention the molecular weight of the carrier portion of the conjugate is below about 2,500, more preferably below about 1,000 and most preferably below about 500.
  • The compositions and methods of the invention may be applied to various therapeutically valuable active agents (e.g., drugs) and include, for example, stimulants such as amphetamines, anticonvulsants, muscle relaxants, antidepressants, anxiolytics, benzodiazepines, sedatives, hypnotics, narcotics, steroids, respiratory agents, including antihistamines, antipsychotics including risperidone, and nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory agents.
  • Exemplary narcotics include opioids, hydrocodone, oxycodone, morphine, codeine, hydroxymorphone, oxymorphone, methadone, fentanyl, levorphanol, dihydrocodeine, meperidine, diphenoxylate, sufentanil, alfentanil, propoxyphene, pentazocine, nalbuphine, butorphanol, buprenorphine, meptazinol, dezocine or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • Exemplary benzodiazepines include alprazolam, chlordiazepoxide, clonazepam, clorazepate, diazepam, estazolam, flurazepam, halazepam, lorazepam, midazolam, oxazepam, quazepam, temazepam, or triazolam.
  • Exemplary nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory agents include ibuprofen, naproxen or indomethacin, aspirin or a salicylic acid derivative, or acetaminophen.
  • Exemplary anti-depressants include citalopram, fluoxetine, norfluoxetine, fluvoxamine, paroxetine, sertraline, amitriptyline, desipramine, doxepin, imipramine, nortryiptyline, bupropion, mirtazapine, nefazodone, trazodone, or venlafaxine.
  • Exemplary anti-psychotics include clozapine, haloperidol, olanzapine, quetiapine, or risperidone.
  • The compositions and methods of the invention provide active agents which when bound to the chemical moiety provide safer and/or more effective dosages for the above recited active agent classes through improved bioavailability curves and/or safer Cmax and/or reduce area under the curve for bioavailability, particularly for abused substances taken in doses above therapeutic levels. As a result, the compositions and methods of the invention may provide improved methods of treatment for attention deficit hyperactivity, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), attention deficit disorder (ADD), cognitive decline associated with acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) or AIDS-related complex, depression, anxiety and anxiety related disorders, psychosis, nicotine addiction, narcotic addiction, alcoholism, narcolepsy, and/or analgesia.
  • In one embodiment the chemical moiety is comprised of an amino acid or a polypeptide. Preferred amino acid and peptide chemical moieties include, for example, Lys, Ser, Ala, Phe, Ile, Pro-Pro-Leu, Pro-Pro-Ile, Val-Val, Lys-Lys, Gly-Gly-Ile, Phe-Phe-Ile, Phe-Phe-Leu, Thr-Thr-Val, Tyr-Tyr-Val, Tyr-Tyr-Phe, Glu-Glu-Val, Asp-Asp-Val, Lys-Lys-Val, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Ile, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Phe, Tyr-Tyr-Ile, Asp-Asp-Ile, Tyr-Tyr-Phe-Phe-Ile, Tyr-Tyr-Lys-Tyr-Tyr, Phe-Phe-Lys-Phe-Phe, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Ile, (Lys-Lys-Gly-Gly)2, and [(l)-Lys-(d)-Lys-Leu]2. In some embodiments, the active agent is disubstituted with one or more of the preceding chemical moieties.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a composition for preventing overdose comprising an active agent which has been covalently bound to a chemical moiety.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a composition for safely delivering an active agent comprising providing a therapeutically effective amount of said active agent which has been covalently bound to a chemical moiety wherein said chemical moiety reduces the rate of absorption of the active agent as compared to delivering the unbound active agent.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a composition for reducing drug toxicity comprising providing a patient with an active agent which has been covalently bound to a chemical moiety wherein said chemical moiety increases the rate of clearance of an active agent when given at doses exceeding those within the therapeutic range of said active agent.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a composition for reducing drug toxicity comprising providing a patient with an active agent which has been covalently bound to a chemical moiety wherein said chemical moiety provides a serum release curve which does not increase above said active agent toxicity level when given at doses exceeding those within the therapeutic range of said active agent.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a composition for reducing bioavailability of active agent comprising active agent covalently bound to a chemical moiety wherein said bound active agent maintains a steady-state serum release curve which provides a therapeutically effective bioavailability but prevents spiking or increase blood serum concentrations compared to unbound active agent when given at doses exceeding those within the therapeutic range of said active agent.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a composition for preventing a Cmax spike for active agent while still providing a therapeutically effective bioavailability curve comprising an active agent which has been covalently bound to a chemical moiety.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a composition for preventing a toxic release profile in a patient comprising active agent covalently bound to a chemical moiety wherein said bound active agent maintains a steady-state serum release curve which provides a therapeutically effective bioavailability but prevents spiking or increase blood serum concentrations compared to unbound active agent.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a compound of Formula I:
    A-Xn-Zm
    wherein A is active agent as defined herein; X is a chemical moiety as defined herein and n is between 1 and 50 and increments therein; and Z is a further chemical moiety different from X which acts as an adjuvant and m is between 1 and 50 and increments therein. In another embodiment n is between 1 and 10 and m is 0. It should be recognized that the compounds of this formula may be used alone or in combination with any of the recited embodiments of the invention.
  • In one embodiment, a compound of the formula: A-Xm-Zn wherein A is an active agent; X is a linker covalently bound to A; and Z is an amino acid, peptide, or oligopeptide covalently bound to X, wherein m and n range from 1 to 50 is utilized in connection with the present invention. It should be recognized that the formula A-Xm-Zn generally describes the components making up the compound and does not imply any particular order in the attachment or type of bond between the elements A, X, or Z. In the above formula X may comprise a small linear or cyclic molecule containing 2-6 atoms with one or more heteroatoms and one or more functional groups. The functional groups may be selected from amines, amides, alcohols or acids. A may be oxycodone or hydrocodone. X may be an enolate or an amino acid. In one embodiment, Z is bonded to X through a side chain of the amino acid. In another embodiment, Z may be bonded to X through a peptide bond. The linker X may comprise the following amino acids: Ser, Lys, Glu, Asp, Ala, Leu, Phe, Val, Gly, Tyr, Pro, or Thr. In one embodiment, where X is lysine, Z is bonded to lysine through the side chain of the lysine. In another embodiment, where X is lysine, Z is bonded to lysine through a peptide bond.
  • In one embodiment, the -X-Z component of the formula A-Xm-Zn comprises Lys-Lys, Lys-Lys-Val, (Lys-Lys-Gly-Gly)2, [(l)-Lys-(d)-Lys-Leu]2, Glu-Glu, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Phe-Ile, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Phe, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Ile, Glu-Glu-Val, Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Glu, Asp-Asp-Ser, Asp-Asp-Lys, Asp-Asp-Cys, Asp-Asp-Val, Ala-Ser, Ala-Cys, Leu-Glu, Leu-Ser, Leu-Asp, Leu-Asn, Leu-Thr, Leu-Arg, Leu-Cys, Leu-Gln, Leu-Tyr, Val-Glu, Val-Ser, Val-Asp, Val-Asn, Val-Thr, Val-Arg, Val-Cys, Val-Gln, Val-Tyr, Val-Val, Gly-Gly-Leu, Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Leu, Gly-Gly-Ile, Asp-Asp-Ile, Pro-Pro-Leu, Pro-Pro-Ile, or Thr-Thr-Val.
  • In one embodiment, the -X-Z component of the formula A-Xm-Zn comprises Ser-Ser, PolySer, Lys, Glu-Glu, Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Glu, Asp-Asp-Ser, Asp-Asp-Lys, Asp-Asp-Cys, Ala-Glu, Ala-Ser, Ala-Asp, Ala-Asn, Ala-Thr, Ala-Arg, Ala-Cys, Ala-Gln, Ala-Tyr, LeuGlu, Leu-Ser, Leu-Asp, Leu-Asn, Leu-Thr, Leu-Arg, Leu-Cys, Leu-Gln, Leu-Tyr, PheGlu, Phe-Ser, Phe-Asp, Phe-Asn, Phe-Thr, Phe-Arg, Phe-Cys, Phe-Gln, Phe-Tyr, Val-Glu, Val-Ser, Val-Asp, Val-Asn, Val-Thr, Val-Arg, Val-Cys, Val-Gln, or Val-Tyr.
  • In one embodiment, the -X-Z component of the formula A-Xm-Zn comprises Pro-Pro-Leu, Pro-Pro-Ile, Val-Val, Lys-Lys, Gly-Gly-Ile, Phe-Phe-Ile, Phe-Phe-Leu, Thr-Thr-Val, Tyr-Tyr-Val, Tyr-Tyr-Phe, Glu-Glu-Val, Asp-Asp-Val, Lys-Lys-Val, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Ile, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Phe, Tyr-Tyr-Ile, Asp-Asp-Ile, Tyr-Tyr-Phe-Phe-Ile, Tyr-Tyr-Lys-Tyr-Tyr, Phe-Phe-Lys-Phe-Phe, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Ile, (Lys-Lys-Gly-Gly)2, or [(l)-Lys-(d)-Lys-Leu]2.
  • In one embodiment, the -X-Z component of the formula A-Xm-Zn comprises Ser-Ser, PolySer, Glu-Glu, Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Glu, Asp-Asp-Ser, Asp-Asp-Lys, Asp-Asp-Cys, Ala-Glu, Ala-Ser, Ala-Asp, Ala-Asn, Ala-Thr, Ala-Arg, Ala-Cys, Ala-Gln, Ala-Tyr, Leu-Glu, Leu-Ser, Leu-Asp, Leu-Asn, Leu-Thr, Leu-Arg, Leu-Cys, Leu-Gln, Leu-Tyr, Phe-Glu, Phe-Ser, Phe-Asp, Phe-Asn, Phe-Thr, Phe-Arg, Phe-Cys, Phe-Gln, Phe-Tyr, Val-Glu, Val-Ser, Val-Asp, Val-Asn, Val-Thr, Val-Arg, Val-Cys, Val-Gln, Val-Tyr, Ala-Pro, Gly-Gly-Leu, Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Leu, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Phe-Ile, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Phe, Tyr-Tyr-Ile, Asp-Asp-Ile, Tyr-Tyr-Phe-Phe-Ile, or Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Ile.
  • In one embodiment, the -X-Z component of the formula A-Xm-Zn comprises Ser-Ser, PolySer, Lys-Lys, Lys-Lys-Val, (Lys-Lys-Gly-Gly)2, [(l)-Lys-(d)-Lys-Leu]2, Glu-Glu, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Phe-Ile, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Phe, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Ile, Glu-Glu-Val, Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Glu, Asp-Asp-Ser, Asp-Asp-Lys, Asp-Asp-Cys, Asp-Asp-Val, Ala-Glu, Ala-Pro, Ala-Ser, Ala-Asp, Ala-Asn, Ala-Thr, Ala-Arg, Ala-Cys, Ala-Gln, Ala-Tyr, Leu-Glu, Leu-Ser, Leu-Asp, Leu-Asn, Leu-Thr, Leu-Arg, Leu-Cys, Leu-Gln, Leu-Tyr, Phe-Glu, Phe-Ser, Phe-Asp, Phe-Asn, Phe-Thr, Phe-Arg, Phe-Cys, Phe-Gln, Phe-Tyr, Phe-Phe-Ile, Phe-Phe-Leu, Phe-Phe-Lys-Phe-Phe, Val-Glu, Val-Ser, Val-Asp, Val-Asn, Val-Thr, Val-Arg, Val-Cys, Val-Gln, Val-Tyr, Val-Val, Gly-Gly-Leu, Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Leu, Gly-Gly-Ile, Tyr-Tyr-Ile, Tyr-Tyr-Phe-Phe-Ile, Tyr-Tyr-Val, Tyr-Tyr-Phe, Tyr-Tyr-Lys-Tyr-Tyr, Asp-Asp-Ile, Pro-Pro-Leu, Pro-Pro-Ile, or Thr-Thr-Val.
  • In one embodiment, the component A of the formula A-Xm-Zn is a pain relief drug such as oxycodone or hydrocodone. The component A of the formula A-Xm-Zn may also be alphacetylmethadol hydrochloride, anileridine, apomorphine, bernidone, betacetylmethadol hydrochloride, buprenorphine hydrochloride, butorphanol tartrate, codeine, dezocine, dihydrocodeine, dihydromorphine, dipanone hydrochloride, eptazocine hydrobromide, ethylmorphine, etorphine hydrochloride, hydromorphone, ketobemidone, levorphanol tartrate, loperamide, meptazinol hydrochloride, methyldihydromorphinone, nalbuphine hydrochloride, nalbuphine hydrochloride, normorphine, oxycodone, oxymorphone, pentazocine, piminodine, tramadol, allobarbitone, alprazolan, amylobarbitone, barbitone sodium, butobarbitone, captodiame hydrochloride, chloral betaine, chloral hydrate, chloralose, chlorhexadol, chlormethiazole edisylate, cinolazepam, potassium clorazepate, cyclobarbitone calcium, delorzepam, difebarbamate, enciprazine hydrochloride, flunitrazepam, hexobarbitone sodium, ibomal, lorazepam, lormetazepam, meprobamate, methylpentynol, midazolam maleate, oxazepam, pentabarbitone calcium, phenprobamate, proxibarbal, quinalbaritone, quinalbarbitone sodium, secbutobarbitone sodium, temazepam, triclofos sodium, zalepan, or zolazepam hydrochloride.
  • In one embodiment, the compound A-Xm-Zn may be a component of a pharmaceutical composition including the compound and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. The compound A-Xm-Zn may be administered to a mammal in a therapeutically effective amount to treat pain. The mammal may be a human, primate, equine, canine, or feline.
  • In one embodiment, a compound of the formula: A-Xm-Zn wherein A is a drug radical; X is a small linear or cyclic molecule containing 2-6 atoms with one or more heteroatoms and one or more functional groups, wherein X is bonded to A through a carboxyl group; and Z is an amino acid, peptide, or oligopeptide covalently bound to X, wherein m and n range between 1 and 50 is utilized in connection with the present invention.
  • In one embodiment, a method of making a drug more difficult to abuse, comprising bonding to a nucleophile on the drug a radical of the formula -X-Z, wherein X is a linker; and Z is an amino acid or peptide covalently bound to X may be utilized.
  • In one embodiment, a compound comprising a drug radical covalently bonded to a first amino acid selected from the group consisting of Ser, Lys, Glu, Asp, Ala, Leu, Phe, Val, Gly, Tyr, Pro, and Thr, and a second amino acid or peptide covalently bonded to the first amino acid, wherein an optional linker attaches the first amino acid to the drug radical may be utilized in connection with the present invention.
  • In one embodiment, a compound comprising a drug radical covalently bonded to a peptide selected from the group consisting of Lys-Lys, Lys-Lys-Val, (Lys-Lys-Gly-Gly)2, [(l)-Lys-(d)-Lys-Leu]2, Glu-Glu, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Phe-Ile, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Phe, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Ile, Glu-Glu-Val, Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Glu, Asp-Asp-Ser, Asp-Asp-Lys, Asp-Asp-Cys, Asp-Asp-Val, Ala-Ser, Ala-Cys, Leu-Glu, Leu-Ser, Leu-Asp, Leu-Asn, Leu-Thr, Leu-Arg, Leu-Cys, Leu-Gln, Leu-Tyr, Val-Glu, Val-Ser, Val-Asp, Val-Asn, Val-Thr, Val-Arg, Val-Cys, Val-Gln, Val-Tyr, Val-Val, Gly-Gly-Leu, Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Leu, Gly-Gly-Ile, Asp-Asp-Ile, Pro-Pro-Leu, Pro-Pro-Ile, and Thr-Thr-Val, wherein an optional linker attaches the first amino acid to the drug radical may be utilized in connection with the present invention.
  • In one embodiment, a compound comprising a drug radical covalently bonded to a peptide selected from the group consisting of Ser-Ser, PolySer, Lys, Glu-Glu, Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Glu, Asp-Asp-Ser, Asp-Asp-Lys, Asp-Asp-Cys, Ala-Glu, Ala-Ser, Ala-Asp, Ala-Asn, Ala-Thr, Ala-Arg, Ala-Cys, Ala-Gln, Ala-Tyr, LeuGlu, Leu-Ser, Leu-Asp, Leu-Asn, Leu-Thr, Leu-Arg, Leu-Cys, Leu-Gln, Leu-Tyr, PheGlu, Phe-Ser, Phe-Asp, Phe-Asn, Phe-Thr, Phe-Arg, Phe-Cys, Phe-Gln, Phe-Tyr, Val-Glu, Val-Ser, Val-Asp, Val-Asn, Val-Thr, Val-Arg, Val-Cys, Val-Gln, and Val-Tyr, wherein an optional linker attaches the first amino acid to the drug radical may be utilized in connection with the present invention.
  • In one embodiment, a compound comprising a drug radical covalently bonded to a peptide selected from the group consisting of Pro-Pro-Leu, Pro-Pro-Ile, Val-Val, Lys-Lys, Gly-Gly-Ile, Phe-Phe-Ile, Phe-Phe-Leu, Thr-Thr-Val, Tyr-Tyr-Val, Tyr-Tyr-Phe, Glu-Glu-Val, Asp-Asp-Val, Lys-Lys-Val, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Ile, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Phe, Tyr-Tyr-Ile, Asp-Asp-Ile, Tyr-Tyr-Phe-Phe-Ile, Tyr-Tyr-Lys-Tyr-Tyr, Phe-Phe-Lys-Phe-Phe, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Ile, (Lys-Lys-Gly-Gly)2, and [(l)-Lys-(d)-Lys-Leu]2, wherein an optional linker attaches the first amino acid to the drug radical may be utilized in connection with the present invention.
  • In one embodiment, a compound comprising a drug radical covalently bonded to a peptide selected from the group consisting of Ser-Ser, PolySer, Glu-Glu, Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Glu, Asp-Asp-Ser, Asp-Asp-Lys, Asp-Asp-Cys, Ala-Glu, Ala-Ser, Ala-Asp, Ala-Asn, Ala-Thr, Ala-Arg, Ala-Cys, Ala-Gln, Ala-Tyr, Leu-Glu, Leu-Ser, Leu-Asp, Leu-Asn, Leu-Thr, Leu-Arg, Leu-Cys, Leu-Gln, Leu-Tyr, Phe-Glu, Phe-Ser, Phe-Asp, Phe-Asn, Phe-Thr, Phe-Arg, Phe-Cys, Phe-Gln, Phe-Tyr, Val-Glu, Val-Ser, Val-Asp, Val-Asn, Val-Thr, Val-Arg, Val-Cys, Val-Gln, Val-Tyr, Ala-Pro, Gly-Gly-Leu, Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Leu, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Phe-Ile, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Phe, Tyr-Tyr-Ile, Asp-Asp-Ile, Tyr-Tyr-Phe-Phe-Ile, and Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Ile, wherein an optional linker attaches the first amino acid to the drug radical may be utilized in connection with the present invention.
  • In one embodiment, a compound comprising a drug radical covalently bonded to a peptide selected from the group consisting of Ser-Ser, PolySer, Lys-Lys, Lys-Lys-Val, (Lys-Lys-Gly-Gly)2, [(l)-Lys-(d)-Lys-Leu]2, Glu-Glu, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Phe-Ile, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Phe, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Ile, Glu-Glu-Val, Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Glu, Asp-Asp-Ser, Asp-Asp-Lys, Asp-Asp-Cys, Asp-Asp-Val, Ala-Glu, Ala-Pro, Ala-Ser, Ala-Asp, Ala-Asn, Ala-Thr, Ala-Arg, Ala-Cys, Ala-Gln, Ala-Tyr, Leu-Glu, Leu-Ser, Leu-Asp, Leu-Asn, Leu-Thr, Leu-Arg, Leu-Cys, Leu-Gln, Leu-Tyr, Phe-Glu, Phe-Ser, Phe-Asp, Phe-Asn, Phe-Thr, Phe-Arg, Phe-Cys, Phe-Gln, Phe-Tyr, Phe-Phe-Ile, Phe-Phe-Leu, Phe-Phe-Lys-Phe-Phe, Val-Glu, Val-Ser, Val-Asp, Val-Asn, Val-Thr, Val-Arg, Val-Cys, Val-Gln, Val-Tyr, Val-Val, Gly-Gly-Leu, Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Leu, Gly-Gly-Ile, Tyr-Tyr-Ile, Tyr-Tyr-Phe-Phe-Ile, Tyr-Tyr-Val, Tyr-Tyr-Phe, Tyr-Tyr-Lys-Tyr-Tyr, Asp-Asp-Ile, Pro-Pro-Leu, Pro-Pro-Ile, and Thr-Thr-Val, wherein an optional linker attaches the first amino acid to the drug radical may be utilized in connection with the present invention.
  • In one embodiment, a compound comprising a drug attached to a first amino acid via a carboxyl group of the first amino acid, which forms an ester linkage between the first amino acid and the drug, and a second amino acid or peptide attached to the first amino acid through the terminal carboxyl group of the second amino acid or peptide, wherein the drug is susceptible to release from the compound in therapeutically significant amounts through enzymatic cleavage, and not released from the compound in therapeutically significant amounts absent enzymatic action may be utilized in connection with the present invention.
  • In one embodiment, a compound comprising a drug attached to a first amino acid via a carboxyl group of the first amino acid, which forms an ester linkage between the first amino acid and the drug, and a second amino acid or peptide attached to the first amino acid through the terminal carboxyl group of the second amino acid or peptide, wherein the drug is susceptible to release from the compound through enzymatic cleavage may be utilized in connection with the present invention.
  • In one embodiment, a compound comprising a drug covalently bonded to a first amino acid via a carboxyl group of the first amino acid, which forms an ester linkage between the first amino acid and the drug, and a second amino acid or peptide attached to the first amino acid through the terminal carboxyl group of the second amino acid or peptide thereby forming a peptide bond with an —NH— group of the first amino acid, wherein the drug is susceptible to release from the compound through enzymatic cleavage may be utilized in connection with the present invention.
  • In one embodiment, a compound comprising an active agent covalently bonded to a natural or synthetic amino acid or peptide through a linker may be utilized in connection with the present invention. The linker may comprise a small linear or cyclic molecule containing 2-6 atoms with one or more heteroatoms and one or more functional groups. The functional groups may be selected from amines, amides, alcohols or acids.
  • Compositions of the invention comprise four essential types of attachment. These types of attachment are termed: C-capped, N-capped, side-chain attached, and interspersed. C-capped comprises the covalent attachment of an active agent to the C-terminus of a peptide either directly or through a linker. N-capped comprises the covalent attachment of an active agent to the N-terminus of a peptide either directly or through a linker. Side-chain attachment comprises the covalent attachment of an active agent to the functional sidechain of a peptide either directly or through a linker. Interspersed comprises the attachment of active agents which themselves are amino acids. In this case the active agent would constitute a portion of the amino acid chain. Interspersed is herein meant to include the amino acid active agent (drug) being at the C-terminus, N-terminus, or interspersed throughout the peptide. When amino acid active agents are attached to the C-terminus or the N-terminus this results in the active agent being the end amino and is considered C-capped or N-capped respectively. Furthermore, amino acids with reactive side chains (e.g., glutamic acid, lysine, aspartic acid, serine, threonine and cysteine) can be incorporated for attaching multiple active agents or adjuvants to the same carrier peptide. This is particularly useful if a synergistic effect between two or more active agents is desired. The present invention also envisions the use of multiple active agents or multiple attachment sites of active agents along a peptide chain. Further embodiments of the invention will become clear from the following disclosure.
  • In another embodiment of the invention, the composition includes one or more adjuvants to enhance the bioavailability of the active agent. Addition of an adjuvant is particularly preferred when using an otherwise poorly absorbed active agent. Suitable adjuvants, for example, include: papain, which is a potent enzyme for releasing the catalytic domain of aminopeptidase-N into the lumen; glycorecognizers, which activate enzymes in the brush border membrane (BBM); and bile acids, which have been attached to peptides to enhance absorption of the peptides.
  • Absorption of the active agent in the intestinal tract can be enhanced either by virtue of being covalently attached to a peptide or through the synergistic effect of an added adjuvant. In a preferred embodiment of the invention the absorption of the active agent is increased due to its covalent attachment to a peptide, hereafter to be referred to as a transporter peptide, which is a specialized example of a carrier peptide. In a further embodiment, the transporter peptide activates a specific peptide transporter. In yet another embodiment the peptide transporter is either the PepT1 or the PepT2 transporters. In a preferred embodiment the transporter peptide contains two amino acids. In another preferred embodiment the transporter dipeptide is selected from the list of AlaSer, CysSer, AspSer, GluSer, PheSer, GlySer, H is Ser, IleSer, LysSer, LeuSer, MetSer, AsnSer, ProSer, GlnSer, ArgSer, SerSer, ThrSer, ValSer, TrpSer, TyrSer.
  • In another embodiment, the present invention does not require the attachment of the active agent to an adjuvant that recognizes or is taken up by an active transporter. The invention also allows targeted delivery of active agents to specifics sites of action.
  • In another preferred embodiment the chain length of amino acid can be varied to suit different delivery criteria. In one embodiment, the present invention allows for the delivery of active agents with sustained release.
  • In another preferred embodiment the active agent is directly attached to the amino acid without the use of a linker.
  • Embodiments of the invention provide compositions which allow the active agent to be therapeutically effective when delivered at the proper dosage but reduces the rate of absorption or extent of bioavailability of the active agent when given at doses exceeding those within the therapeutic range of the active agent. Embodiments of the invention also provide compositions wherein the covalently bound chemical moiety increases the rate of clearance of active agent when given at doses exceeding those within the therapeutic range of the active agent.
  • In another embodiment the compositions have substantially lower toxicity compared to unbound active agent. In another embodiment the compositions reduce or eliminate the possibility of overdose by oral administration. In another embodiment the compositions reduce or eliminate the possibility of overdose by intranasal administration. In another embodiment the compositions reduce or eliminate the possibility of overdose by injection.
  • In another embodiment, the conjugates of the invention may further comprise a polymer blend which comprises at least one hydrophilic polymer and at least one water-insoluble polymer. The polymer may be used according to industry standard to further enhance the sustained release properties of the active agent conjugate without reducing the abuse resistance. Hydrophilic polymers suitable for use in the sustained release formulation include: one or more natural or partially or totally synthetic hydrophilic gums such as acacia, gum tragacanth, locust bean gum, guar gum, or karaya gum, modified cellulosic substances such as methylcellulose, hydroxomethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose; proteinaceous substances such as agar, pectin, carrageen, and alginates; and other hydrophilic polymers such as carboxypolymethylene, gelatin, casein, zein, bentonite, magnesium aluminum silicate, polysaccharides, modified starch derivatives, and other hydrophilic polymers known to those of skill in the art or a combination of such polymers.
  • Other formulations may further comprise pharmaceutical additives including, but not limited to: lubricants such as magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, zinc stearate, powdered stearic acid, hydrogenated vegetable oils, talc, polyethylene glycol, and mineral oil; colorants; binders such as sucrose, lactose, gelatin, starch paste, acacia, tragacanth, povidone polyethylene glycol, Pullulan and corn syrup; glidants such as colloidal silicon dioxide and talc; surface active agents such as sodium lauryl sulfate, dioctyl sodium sulfosuccinate, triethanolamine, polyoxyethylene sorbitan, poloxalkol, and quarternary ammonium salts; preservatives and stabilizers; excipients such as lactose, mannitol, glucose, fructose, xylose, galactose, sucrose, maltose, xylitol, sorbitol, chloride, sulfate and phosphate salts of potassium, sodium, and magnesium; and/or any other pharmaceutical additives known to those of skill in the art. Colorants include, but are not limited to, Emerald Green Lake, FD&C Red No. 40, FD&C Yellow No. 6, D&C Yellow No. 10, or FD&C Blue No. 1 and other various certified color additives (See 21 CFR, Part 74). In one preferred embodiment, a sustained release formulation further comprises magnesium stearate and Emerald Green Lake.
  • An active agent conjugate, which is further formulated with excipients may be manufactured according to any appropriate method known to those of skill in the art of pharmaceutical manufacture. For instance, the active agent conjugate and a hydrophilic polymer may be mixed in a mixer with an aliquot of water to form a wet granulation. The granulation may be dried to obtain hydrophilic polymer encapsulated granules of active agent-conjugate. The resulting granulation may be milled, screened, then blended with various pharmaceutical additives, water insoluble polymer, and additional hydrophilic polymer. The formulation may then tableted and may further be film coated with a protective coating which rapidly dissolves or disperses in gastric juices.
  • However, it should be noted that the active agent conjugate controls the release of active agent into the digestive tract over an extended period of time resulting in an improved profile when compared to immediate release combinations and reduces and/or prevents abuse without the addition of the above additives. In a preferred embodiment no further sustained release additives are required to achieve a blunted or reduced pharmacokinetic curve (e.g. reduced euphoric effect) while achieving therapeutically effective amounts of active agent release.
  • The compounds of the invention can be administered by a variety of dosage forms. Any biologically-acceptable dosage form known to persons of ordinary skill in the art, and combinations thereof, are contemplated. Examples of such dosage forms include, without limitation, chewable tablets, quick dissolve tablets, effervescent tablets, reconstitutable powders, elixirs, liquids, solutions, suspensions, emulsions, tablets, multi-layer tablets, bi-layer tablets, capsules, soft gelatin capsules, hard gelatin capsules, caplets, lozenges, chewable lozenges, beads, powders, granules, particles, microparticles, dispersible granules, cachets, douches, suppositories, creams, topicals, inhalants, aerosol inhalants, patches, particle inhalants, ingestibles, infusions, health bars, confections, animal feeds, cereals, yogurts, cereal coatings, foods, nutritive foods, functional foods and combinations thereof.
  • However, the most effective means for delivering the abuse-resistant compounds of the invention is orally, to permit maximum release of the active agent to provide therapeutic effectiveness and/or sustained release while maintaining abuse resistance. When delivered by the oral route the active agent is released into circulation, preferably over an extended period of time as compared to active agent alone.
  • Formulations of the invention suitable for oral administration can be presented as discrete units, such as capsules, caplets or tablets. These oral formulations also can comprise a solution or a suspension in an aqueous liquid or a non-aqueous liquid. The formulation can be an emulsion, such as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion. The oils can be administered by adding the purified and sterilized liquids to a prepared enteral formula, which is then placed in the feeding tube of a patient who is unable to swallow.
  • Soft gel or soft gelatin capsules may be prepared, for example by dispersing the formulation in an appropriate vehicle (vegetable oils are commonly used) to form a high viscosity mixture. This mixture is then encapsulated with a gelatin based film using technology and machinery known to those in the soft gel industry. The industrial units so formed are then dried to constant weight.
  • Chewable tablets, for example may be prepared by mixing the formulations with excipients designed to form a relatively soft, flavored, tablet dosage form that is intended to be chewed rather than swallowed. Conventional tablet machinery and procedures, that is both direct compression and granulation, i.e., or slugging, before compression, can be utilized. Those individuals involved in pharmaceutical solid dosage form production are versed in the processes and the machinery used as the chewable dosage form is a very common dosage form in the pharmaceutical industry.
  • Film coated tablets, for example may be prepared by coating tablets using techniques such as rotating pan coating methods or air suspension methods to deposit a contiguous film layer on a tablet.
  • Compressed tablets, for example may be prepared by mixing the formulation with excipients intended to add binding qualities to disintegration qualities. The mixture is either directly compressed or granulated then compressed using methods and machinery known to those in the industry. The resultant compressed tablet dosage units are then packaged according to market need, i.e., unit dose, rolls, bulk bottles, blister packs, etc.
  • The invention also contemplates the use of biologically-acceptable carriers which may be prepared from a wide range of materials. Without being limited thereto, such materials include diluents, binders and adhesives, lubricants, plasticizers, disintegrants, colorants, bulking substances, flavorings, sweeteners and miscellaneous materials such as buffers and adsorbents in order to prepare a particular medicated composition.
  • Binders may be selected from a wide range of materials such as hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, ethylcellulose, or other suitable cellulose derivatives, povidone, acrylic and methacrylic acid co-polymers, pharmaceutical glaze, gums, milk derivatives, such as whey, starches, and derivatives, as well as other conventional binders known to persons skilled in the art. Exemplary non-limiting solvents are water, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, methylene chloride or mixtures and combinations thereof. Exemplary non-limiting bulking substances include sugar, lactose, gelatin, starch, and silicon dioxide.
  • Preferred plasticizers may be selected from the group consisting of diethyl phthalate, diethyl sebacate, triethyl citrate, cronotic acid, propylene glycol, butyl phthalate, dibutyl sebacate, castor oil and mixtures thereof, without limitation. As is evident, the plasticizers may be hydrophobic as well as hydrophilic in nature. Water-insoluble hydrophobic substances, such as diethyl phthalate, diethyl sebacate and castor oil are used to delay the release of water-soluble vitamins, such as vitamin B6 and vitamin C. In contrast, hydrophilic plasticizers are used when water-insoluble vitamins are employed which aid in dissolving the encapsulated film, making channels in the surface, which aid in nutritional composition release.
  • It should be understood that in addition to the ingredients particularly mentioned above, the formulations of this invention can include other suitable agents such as flavoring agents, preservatives and antioxidants. Such antioxidants would be food acceptable and could include vitamin E, carotene, BHT or other antioxidants known to those of skill in the art.
  • Other compounds which may be included by admixture are, for example, medically inert ingredients, e.g. solid and liquid diluent, such as lactose, dextrose, saccharose, cellulose, starch or calcium phosphate for tablets or capsules, olive oil or ethyl oleate for soft capsules and water or vegetable oil for suspensions or emulsions; lubricating agents such as silica, talc, stearic acid, magnesium or calcium stearate and/or polyethylene glycols; gelling agents such as colloidal clays; thickening agents such as gum tragacanth or sodium alginate, binding agents such as starches, arabic gums, gelatin, methylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose or polyvinylpyrrolidone; disintegrating agents such as starch, alginic acid, alginates or sodium starch glycolate; effervescing mixtures; dyestuff; sweeteners; wetting agents such as lecithin, polysorbates or laurylsulphates; and other therapeutically acceptable accessory ingredients, such as humectants, preservatives, buffers and antioxidants, which are known additives for such formulations.
  • For oral administration, fine powders or granules containing diluting, dispersing and/or surface-active agents may be presented in a draught, in water or a syrup, in capsules or sachets in the dry state, in a non-aqueous suspension wherein suspending agents may be included, or in a suspension in water or a syrup. Where desirable or necessary, flavoring, preserving, suspending, thickening or emulsifying agents can be included.
  • Liquid dispersions for oral administration may be syrups, emulsions or suspensions. The syrups may contain as carrier, for example, saccharose or saccharose with glycerol and/or mannitol and/or sorbitol. In particular a syrup for diabetic patients can contain as carriers only products, for example sorbitol, which do not metabolize to glucose or which metabolize only a very small amount to glucose. The suspensions and the emulsions may contain a carrier, for example a natural gum, agar, sodium alginate, pectin, methylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose or polyvinyl alcohol.
  • The dose range for adult human beings will depend on a number of factors including the age, weight and condition of the patient and the administration route. Tablets and other forms of presentation provided in discrete units conveniently contain a daily dose, or an appropriate fraction thereof, of one of the present compounds. For example, units may contain from 5 mg to 500 mg, but more usually from 10 mg to 250 mg, of one of the present compounds.
  • It is also possible for the dosage form to combine any forms of release known to persons of ordinary skill in the art. These include immediate release, extended release, pulse release, variable release, controlled release, timed release, sustained release, delayed release, long acting, and combinations thereof. The ability to obtain immediate release, extended release, pulse release, variable release, controlled release, timed release, sustained release, delayed release, long acting characteristics and combinations thereof is known in the art.
  • Compositions of the invention may be administered in a partial, i.e., fractional dose, one or more times during a 24 hour period, a single dose during a 24 hour period of time, a double dose during a 24 hour period of time, or more than a double dose during a 24 hour period of time. Fractional, double or other multiple doses may be taken simultaneously or at different times during the 24 hour period. The doses may be uneven doses with regard to one another or with regard to the individual components at different administration times.
  • Likewise, the compositions of the invention may be provided in a blister pack or other such pharmaceutical package. Further, the compositions of the present inventive subject matter may further include or be accompanied by indicia allowing individuals to identify the compositions as products for a prescribed treatment. The indicia may further additionally include an indication of the above specified time periods for administering the compositions. For example the indicia may be time indicia indicating a specific or general time of day for administration of the composition, or the indicia may be a day indicia indicating a day of the week for administration of the composition. The blister pack or other combination package may also include a second pharmaceutical product.
  • It will be appreciated that the pharmacological activity of the compositions of the invention can be demonstrated using standard pharmacological models that are known in the art. Furthermore, it will be appreciated that the inventive compositions can be incorporated or encapsulated in a suitable polymer matrix or membrane for site-specific delivery, or can be functionalized with specific targeting agents capable of effecting site specific delivery. These techniques, as well as other drug delivery techniques are well known in the art.
  • In another embodiment of the invention, the solubility and dissolution rate of the composition is substantially changed under physiological conditions encountered in the intestine, at mucosal surfaces, or in the bloodstream. In another embodiment the solubility and dissolution rate substantially decrease the bioavailability of the said pharmaceutical, particularly at doses above those intended for therapy. In another embodiment the decrease in bioavailability occurs upon oral administration. In another embodiment the decrease in bioavailability occurs upon intranasal administration. In another embodiment the decrease in bioavailability occurs upon intravenous administration.
  • Another particular embodiment of the invention provides that when the covalently modified active agent is provided for oral dosing in the form (e.g., a tablet or capsule) it is resistant to manipulation. Crushing of the tablet or disruption of the capsule does not substantially increase the rate and amount of active agent absorbed when compositions of the invention are ingested.
  • For each of the described embodiments one or more of the following characteristics may be realized. The toxicity of the compound is substantially lower than that of the unbound active agent. The covalently bound chemical moiety reduces or eliminates the possibility of overdose by oral administration. The covalently bound chemical moiety reduces or eliminates the possibility of overdose by intranasal administration. The covalently bound chemical moiety reduces or eliminates the possibility of overdose by injection.
  • The invention further provides methods for altering active agent in a manner that decreases their potential for abuse. Methods of the invention provide various ways to regulate pharmaceutical dosage through covalent attachment of active agent to different chemical moieties. One embodiment provides a method of preventing overdose comprising administering to an individual an active agent which has been covalently bound to a chemical moiety.
  • Another embodiment provides a method of safely delivering an active agent comprising providing a therapeutically effective amount of an active agent which has been covalently bound to a chemical moiety wherein the chemical moiety reduces the rate of absorption of active agent as compared to delivering the unbound active agent.
  • Another embodiment provides a method of reducing drug toxicity comprising providing a patient with an active agent which has been covalently bound to a chemical moiety wherein the chemical moiety increases the rate of clearance of a pharmacologically active active agent when given at doses exceeding those within the therapeutic range of active agent.
  • Another embodiment provides a method of reducing drug toxicity comprising providing a patient with an active agent which has been covalently bound to a chemical moiety wherein the chemical moiety provides a serum release curve which does not increase above the active agent's toxicity level when given at doses exceeding those within the therapeutic range for the unbound active agent.
  • Another embodiment provides a method of reducing bioavailability of an active agent comprising providing active agent covalently bound to a chemical moiety wherein the bound active agent maintains a steady-state serum release curve which provides a therapeutically effective bioavailability but prevents spiking or increase blood serum concentrations compared to unbound active agent when given at doses exceeding those within the therapeutic range for the unbound active agent. Another embodiment provides a method of preventing a Cmax spike for active agent while still providing a therapeutically effective bioavailability curve comprising providing an active agent which has been covalently bound to a chemical moiety. In another embodiment, methods of the invention provide bioavailability curves similar to those found in FIGS. 52-195.
  • Another embodiment provides a method for preventing a toxic release profile in a patient comprising administering to a patient an active agent covalently bound to a chemical moiety wherein said bound active agent maintains a steady-state serum release curve which provides a therapeutically effective bioavailability but prevents spiking or increase blood serum concentrations compared to unbound active agent.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a method for reducing or preventing abuse of a pharmaceutical composition, comprising providing, administering, or prescribing said composition to a human in need thereof, wherein said composition comprises a chemical moiety covalently attached to an active agent such that the pharmacological activity of active agent is substantially decreased when the composition is used in a manner inconsistent with the manufacturer's instructions. Another embodiment of the invention is a method for reducing or preventing abuse of a pharmaceutical composition, comprising consuming said composition, wherein said composition comprises a chemical moiety covalently attached to an active agent such that the pharmacological activity of the active agent is substantially decreased when the composition is used in a manner inconsistent with the manufacturer's instructions.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a method of preventing overdose of a pharmaceutical composition, comprising providing, administering, or prescribing said pharmaceutical composition to a human in need thereof, wherein said composition comprises a chemical moiety covalently attached to an active agent in a manner that substantially decreases the potential of overdose from active agent. Another embodiment of the invention is a method of preventing overdose of a pharmaceutical composition, comprising consuming said pharmaceutical composition, wherein said composition comprises a chemical moiety covalently attached to active agent in a manner that substantially decreases the potential of overdose from the active agent.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a method for reducing or preventing the euphoric effect of a pharmaceutical composition, comprising providing, administering, or prescribing said composition to a human in need thereof, wherein said composition comprises a chemical moiety covalently attached to an active agent such that the pharmacological activity of active agent is substantially decreased when the composition is used in a manner inconsistent with the manufacturer's instructions. Another embodiment of the invention is a method for reducing or preventing the euphoric effect of a pharmaceutical composition, comprising consuming said composition, wherein said composition comprises a chemical moiety covalently attached to an active agent such that the pharmacological activity of active agent is substantially decreased when the composition is used in a manner inconsistent with the manufacturer's instructions.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is any of the preceding methods wherein said pharmaceutical composition is adapted for oral administration, and wherein said active agent is resistant to release from said chemical moiety when the composition is administered parenterally, such as intranasally or intravenously. Preferably, said active agent may be released from said chemical moiety in the presence of acid and/or enzymes present in the stomach, intestinal tract, or blood serum. Optionally, said composition may be in the form of a tablet, capsule, oral solution, or oral suspension.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is any of the preceding methods wherein said chemical moiety is an amino acid, oligopeptide, polypeptide, carbohydrate, glycopeptide, nucleic acid, or vitamin. Preferably, said chemical moiety is an amino acid, oligopeptide, or polypeptide. Where the chemical moiety is a polypeptide, preferably said polypeptide comprises fewer than 70 amino acids, fewer than 50 amino acids, fewer than 10 amino acids, or fewer than 6 amino acids.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is any of the preceding methods wherein said covalent attachment comprises an ester or carbonate bond. Another embodiment of the invention is any of the preceding methods wherein said active agent covalently attaches to a chemical moiety through a ketone and/or hydroxyl in a pharmaceutically acceptable oral dosage form.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is any of the preceding methods wherein said composition yields a therapeutic effect without substantial euphoria. Preferably, said active agent provides a therapeutically bioequivalent AUC when compared to active agent alone but does provide a Cmax which results in euphoria.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a method for reducing or preventing abuse of a pharmaceutical composition, comprising orally administering said composition to a human in need thereof, wherein said composition comprises an amino acid or peptide covalently attached to active agent such that the pharmacological activity of active agent is substantially decreased when the composition is used in a manner inconsistent with the manufacturer's instructions.
  • Another embodiment is a method of preventing overdose of a pharmaceutical composition, comprising orally administering said pharmaceutical composition to a human in need thereof, wherein said composition comprises an amino acid or peptide covalently attached to active agent in a manner that substantially decreases the potential of active agent to result in overdose.
  • Another embodiment is a method for reducing or preventing the euphoric effect of a pharmaceutical composition, comprising orally administering said composition to a human in need thereof, wherein said composition comprises an amino acid or peptide covalently attached to active agent such that the pharmacological activity of active agent is substantially decreased when the composition is used in a manner inconsistent with the manufacturer's instructions.
  • For each of the recited methods of the invention the following properties may be achieved through bonding active agent to the chemical moiety. In one embodiment, the toxicity of the compound may be substantially lower than that of the active agent when delivered in its unbound state or as a salt thereof. In another embodiment, the possibility of overdose by oral administration is reduced or eliminated. In another embodiment, the possibility of overdose by intranasal administration is reduced or eliminated. In another embodiment, the possibility of overdose by injection administration is reduced or eliminated.
  • Another embodiment of the invention provides methods of treating various diseases or conditions comprising administering compounds or compositions of the invention which further comprise commonly prescribed active agents for the respective illness or diseases wherein the amphetamine is covalently attached to a chemical moiety. For instance, one embodiment of the invention comprises a method of treating attention deficit hyperactivity comprising administering to a patient amphetamine covalently bound to a chemical moiety. Another embodiment provides a method of treating attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) comprising administering to a patient compounds or compositions of the invention, such as amphetamine covalently bound to a chemical moiety. Another embodiment provides a method of treating attention deficit disorder (ADD) comprising administering to a patient compounds or compositions of the invention, amphetamine covalently bound to a chemical moiety.
  • Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of treating cognitive decline associated with acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) or AIDS-related complex comprising administering to a patient compounds or compositions of the invention.
  • Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of treating depression comprising administering to a patient compounds or compositions of the invention. Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of treating anxiety and anxiety related disorders comprising administering to a patient compounds or compositions of the invention. Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of treating psychosis comprising administering to a patient compounds or compositions of the invention.
  • Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of treating nicotine addiction comprising administering to a patient compounds or compositions of the invention. Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of treating narcotic addiction comprising administering to a patient compounds or compositions of the invention. Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of treating alcoholism comprising administering to a patient compounds or compositions of the invention.
  • Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of treating narcolepsy comprising administering to a patient compounds or compositions of the invention. Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of providing analgesia comprising administering to a patient compounds or compositions of the invention.
  • In order to facilitate a more complete understanding of the invention, Examples are provided below. However, the scope of the invention is not limited to specific embodiments disclosed in these Examples, which are for purposes of illustration only.
    • EXAMPLES
  • The invention is illustrated by pharmacokinetic studies with amphetamine, hydrocodone, and oxycodone that have been covalently modified by attachment to various moieties such as an individual amino acid, specific short chained amino acid sequences such as di-, tri-, and pentapeptides, or carbohydrates such as ribose, etc. Studies include pharmacokinetic evaluations of the various drug conjugates administered by the oral, intranasal, and intravenous routes. Collectively the compounds demonstrate that active agents may be modified by covalent attachment to various moieties and retain their therapeutic value at normal doses while preventing potential overdose by oral administration and prevention of abuse through intranasal and intravenous administration.
  • Carrier Bound Narcotics
    • Examples 33 Through 83 Hydrocodone
  • Applicability of Abuse Resistance for the Narcotic Analgesics Demonstrated Through the Use of Hydrocodone.
  • Examples 33 through 83 illustrate the applicability of a number of peptide-active agent compositions in reducing the potential for overdose while maintaining their therapeutic value wherein the peptides are conjugated to the active agent hydrocodone (HC). Exemplary compounds which were substituted at the 6 position of hydrocodone are termed EEFFI-HC, EEFFF-HC, YYI-HC, DDI-HC, and YYFFI-HC.
  • Oral, intranasal, and intravenous bioavailability studies of hydrocodone and hydrocodone conjugates were conducted in male Sprague-Dawley rats. Doses of hydrocodone bitartrate and hydrocodone conjugates containing equivalent amounts of hydrocodone were administered in deionized water. Oral administration was in 0.5 ml by gavage needle (with the exception of YYI-HC, which was delivered as a solid in gelatin capsules). Intranasal doses were administered by placing 20 microliters into the nasal flares of rats anesthetized with isoflurane. Intravenous administration was in 0.1 ml by tail vein injection. Plasma was collected by retroorbital sinus puncture under isoflurane anesthesia. Hydrocodone and hydromorphone (major active metabolite) concentrations were determined by LC/MS/MS.
  • The below examples are illustrative only and the below amino acid sequences attached to hydrocodone is not meant to be limiting. As such, synthesis and attachment of hydrocodone may be accomplished for instance view the following exemplary methods.
  • Hydrocodone Synthetic Examples Carbohydrates
    • Example 33 Galacto-Hydrocodone
  • FIG. 52 illustrates preparation of Galacto-Hydrocodone.
    Molar
    Reagents MW Weight mmoles Equivalents
    1. Hydrocodone 299 0.223 g 0.75 1.0
    1. LiN(TMS)2 in THF 1M 1.13 ml 1.13 1.5
    1. DMF — 5 ml — —
    2. Galactose Chloroformate — — 1.49 2.0
    2. DMF — 3 ml — —
    3. 1M HCl 1M 30 ml — —
    3. Acetone — 20 ml — —

    Galacto-Hydrocodone
  • To a solution of hydrocodone in DMF was added LiN(TMS)2 in THF via syringe. The solution was stirred at ambient temperatures for 5 minutes then the chloroformate of galactose in DMF was added via syringe. The resulting solution was stirred at ambient temperatures for 2 hours. A TLC was taken (9:1 CHCl3:MeOH; UV and 5% H2SO4 in MeOH; Rf(product)=˜0.5). Reaction was neutralized to pH 7 with 6M HCl. Solvent was removed. Final product was purified using preparative TLC (0-10% MeOH in CHCl3). Solid was collected as a white powder (0.180 g, 41% yield): 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 1.28 (2s, 6H), 1.37 (s, 3H), 1.44 (3, 3H), 1.49 (m, 2H), 1.88 (dt, 1H), 2.08 (m, 2H), 2.29 (s, 4H), 2.40 (m, 2H), 2.90 (d, 1H), 3.09 (s, 1H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.99 (dd, 1H), 4.14 (t, 1H), 4.26 (dt, 2H), 4.39 (d, 1H), 4.63 (d, 1H), 4.95 (s, 1H), 5.48 (d, 1H), 5.68 (d, 1H), 6.65 (d, 1H), 6.74 (d, 1H); MS Calculated mass=585.6 Found=586.4 (M+H).
  • To the protected galactose intermediate was added 30 ml of 1M HCl and 20 ml acetone. The resulting solution was stirred at ambient temperatures for 3 hours. Solvent was removed and final product dried under vacuum. Solid was collected as a white solid: MS Calculated mass=505.5 Found=506.4 (M+H).
  • FIG. 53 depicts oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant hydrocodone carbohydrate conjugates, measured as free hydrocodone (with measured plasma levels by ELISA).
    • Example 34 Ribo-Hydrocodone
  • FIG. 54 illustrates preparation of Ribo-Hydrocodone.
    Molar
    Reagents MW Weight mmoles Equivalents
    1. Hydrocodone 299 0.733 g 2.45 1.0
    1. LiN(TMS)2 in THF 1M 3.68 ml 3.68 1.5
    1. DMF — 8 ml — —
    2. Ribose Chloroformate — — 4.90 2.0
    2. DMF — 3 ml — —
    3. 1M HCl 1M 10 ml — —

    Ribo-Hydrocodone
  • To a solution of hydrocodone in DMF was added LiN(TMS)2 in THF via syringe. The solution was stirred at ambient temperatures for 5 minutes then the chloroformate of ribose in DMF was added via syringe. The resulting solution was stirred at ambient temperatures for 2 hours. A TLC was taken (9:1 CHCl3:MeOH; UV and 5% H2SO4 in MeOH; Rf(product)=˜0.5). Reaction was neutralized to pH 7 with 1M HCl. Solvent was removed. Crude product was taken up in CHCl3 (50 ml), washed with water (3×50 ml), dried over MgSO4, filtered and solvent removed. Final product was purified using preparative HPLC (10 mM CH3COONH4/MeCN; 0-20 min: 80/20→0/100). Solid was collected as a clear, colorless glass (0.095 g, 7% yield): 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 1.26 (s, 3H), 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.50 (m, 2H), 1.89 (s, 4H), 2.08 (m, 2H), 2.29 (s, 4H), 2.40 (m, 2H), 2.88 (d, 1H), 3.08 (m, 1H), 3.25 (s, 3H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 4.12 (m, 2H), 4.28 (t, 1H), 4.58 (d, 1H), 4.72 (d, 1H), 4.97 (s, 1H), 4.98 (s, 1H), 5.70 (s, 1H), 6.66 (d, 1H), 6.75 (d, 1H). MS Calculated mass=529.2 Found=530.4 (M+H).
  • To the protected ribose intermediate was added 10 ml of 1M HCl. The resulting solution was stirred at ambient temperatures for 2 hours. Solvent was removed and final product dried under vacuum. Solid was collected as a waxy, slightly yellow solid (0.092 g, quant.): 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 1.51 (t, 1H), 1.83 (d, 1H), 2.41 (dt, 1H), 2.27 (t, 1H), 2.63 (dd, 1H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 2.96 (m, 2H), 3.20 (m, 1H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.82-4.34 (br m, 12H), 5.15 (s, 1H), 5.72 (s, 1H), 6.75 (d, 1H), 6.88 (d, 1H), 11.37 (br s, 1H).
  • FIG. 55 illustrates intranasal bioavailability of abuse-resistant hydrocodone carbohydrate conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone (with measured plasma levels by ELISA).
  • Single Amino Acids
    • Example 35 Leu-Hydrocodone
  • FIG. 56 illustrates preparation of Leu-Hydrocodone.
    Reagents MW Weight mmoles Molar Equivalents
    1. Hydrocodone 299 1.00 g  3.34 1.0
    1. LiN(TMS)2 in THF 1M 10.5 ml 10.5  3.15
    1. THF — 25 ml — —
    2. Boc-Leu-OSu 328 3.28 g 10.0 3.0

    Leu-Hydrocodone
  • To a solution of hydrocodone in THF was added LiN(TMS)2 in THF via syringe. The solution was stirred at ambient temperatures for 5 minutes then Boc-Leu-OSu was added. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperatures for 18 hours. Reaction was neutralized to pH 7 with 6M HCl. Solvent was removed. Crude material was taken up in CHCl3 (100 ml), washed with sat. NaHCO3 (3×100 ml), dried over MgSO4, filtered, and solvent removed. Solid was collected as a yellow powder (1.98 g, 95% yield): 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 0.86 (dd, 6H), 1.31 (s, 9H), 1.46 (s, 2H), 1.55 (m, 2H), 1.69 (m, 1H), 1.87 (dt, 1H), 2.07 (dt, 2H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.43 (m, 2H), 2.93 (d, 1H), 3.11 (s, 1H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.88 (dt, 1H), 4.03 (dt, 1H), 4.87 (s, 1H), 5.51 (d, 1H), 6.65 (d, 1H), 6.73 (d, 1H), 6.90 (s, 1H).
  • To the Boc-Leu-Hydrocodone was added 25 ml of 4N HCl in dioxane. The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperatures for 18 hours. Solvent was removed and final product dried under vacuum. Solid was collected as a slightly yellow solid (1.96 g, 97% yield): 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 0.94 (d, 6H), 1.52 (m, 1H), 1.75-1.90 (m, 4H), 2.22 (dt, 1H), 2.34 (dt, 1H), 2.64 (q, 1H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.95-3.23 (m, 4H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.91 (d, 1H), 4.07 (s, 1H), 5.10 (s, 1H), 5.72 (d, 1H), 6.76 (d, 1H), 6.86 (d, 1H), 8.73 br s, 3H).
    • Example 36 Glu-Hydrocodone
  • Synthesis of Glu-Hydrocodone
  • Glu-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 35 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Glu(OtBu)-OSu.
    • Example 37 Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Synthesis of Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 35 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Ile-OSu.
  • Dipeptides
  • FIG. 57 illustrates preparation of Ala-Pro-Hydrocodone.
    • Example 38 Ala-Pro-Hydrocodone
  • Reagents MW Weight mmoles Molar Equivalents
    Pro-Hydrocodone 468 0.25 g 0.53 1.0
    Boc-Ala-OSu 286 0.33 g 1.2 2.26
    NMM 101 0.50 ml 5.38 10.2
    DMF — 10 ml — —

    Ala-Pro-Hydrocodone
  • To a solution of Pro-Hydrocodone in DMF was added NMM followed by Boc-Ala-OSu. The solution was stirred at ambient temperatures for 18 hours. Solvent was removed. Crude material was purified using preparative HPLC (Phenomenex Luna C18, 30×250 mm, 5 μM, 100 Å; Gradient: 100 water/O 0.1% TFA-MeCN→0/100; 30 ml/min.). Solid was collected as a slightly yellow powder (0.307 g, 85% yield): 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 1.16 (d, 3H), 1.35 (s, 9H), 1.51 (m, 2H), 1.86-2.10 (m, 6H), 2.50 (m, 1H), 2.54 (m, 1H), 2.69 (m, 1H), 2.88 (s, 3H), 3.02 (dd, 1H), 3.26 (d, 1H), 3.55 (m, 1H), 3.67 (m, 1H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.80 (s, 1H), 4.25 (m, 1H), 4.43 (d, 1H), 5.01 (s, 1H), 5.59 (d, 1H), 6.75 (d, 1H), 6.88 (d, 1H), 6.99 (t, 1H), 9.91 (br s, 1H).
  • To the Boc-Ala-Pro-Hydrocodone (0.100 g) was added 10 ml of 4N HCl in dioxane. The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperatures for 18 hours. Solvent was removed and final product dried under vacuum. Solid was collected as a slightly yellow solid (0.56 g, 71% yield): 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.48 (t, 1H), 1.80-2.29 (m, 8H), 2.65 (m, 1H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 2.96 (m, 3H), 3.23 (m, 2H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.92 (s, 1H), 4.22 (s, 1H), 4.53 (s, 1H), 5.00 (s, 1H), 5.84 (d, 1H), 6.77 (d, 1H), 6.86 (d, 1H), 8.25 (br s, 3H).
    • Example 39 Glu-Glu-Hydrocodone
  • Synthesis of Glu-Glu-Hydrocodone
  • Glu-Glu-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 38 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Glu(OtBu)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Glu-Hydrocodone.
    • Example 40 (pyro)Glu-Glu-Hydrocodone
  • Synthesis of (pyro)Glu-Glu-Hydrocodone
  • The compound (pyro)Glu-Glu-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 38 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-pyroglutamic acid-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Glu-Hydrocodone.
  • Tripeptides
  • FIG. 58 illustrates the preparation of Gly-Gly-Leu-Hydrocodone.
    • Example 41 Gly-Gly-Leu-Hydrocodone
  • Reagents MW Weight mmoles Molar Equivalents
    Leu-Hydrocodone 484 2.21 g 4.56 1.0
    Boc-Gly-Gly-OSu 329 3.00 g 9.12 2.0
    NMM 101 5.0 ml 45.6 10
    DMF — 100 ml — —

    Gly-Gly-Leu-Hydrocodone
  • To a solution of Leu-Hydrocodone in DMF was added NMM followed by Boc-Gly-Gly-OSu. The solution was stirred at ambient temperatures for 18 hours. Solvent was removed. Crude material was purified using preparative HPLC (Phenomenex Luna C18, 30×250 mm, 5 μM, 100 Å; Gradient: 90 water/10 0.1% TFA-MeCN→0/100; 30 ml/min.). Solid was collected as a slightly yellow powder (2.08 g, 73% yield): 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 0.88 (dd, 6H), 1.38 (s, 9H), 1.53-1.72 (m, 5H), 1.89 (d, 1H), 2.15 (m, 1H), 2.67 (m, 2H), 2.94 (s, 3H), 3.05 (m, 2H), 3.25 (m, 2H), 3.56 (d, 3H), 3.76 (s, 6H), 3.98 (s, 1H), 4.35 (q, 1H), 5.04 (s, 1H), 5.59 (d, 1H), 6.77 (d, 1H), 6.85 (d, 1H), 7.04 (t, 1H), 8.01 (t, 1H), 8.30 (d, 1H), 9.99 (br s, 1H).
  • To the Boc-Gly-Gly-Leu-Hydrocodone (2.08 g) was added 50 ml of 4N HCl in dioxane. The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperatures for 18 hours. Solvent was removed and final product dried under vacuum. Solid was collected as a slightly yellow solid (1.72 g, 86% yield): 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 0.89 (dd, 6H), 1.50-1.87 (m, 5H), 2.26 (m, 2H), 2.66 (m, 2H), 2.82-2.97 (m, 5H), 3.21 (m, 2H), 3.60 (m, 4H), 3.88 (m, 5H), 4.37 (m, 1H), 5.04 (s, 1H), 5.60 (s, 1H), 6.79 (d, 2H), 8.07 (br s, 3H), 8.54 (br s, 1H), 8.66 (br s, 1H), 11.29 (br s, 1H).
    • Example 42 Glu-Glu-Glu-Hydrocodone
  • Synthesis of Glu-Glu-Glu-Hydrocodone
  • Glu-Glu-Glu-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 41 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Glu(OtBu)-Glu(OtBu)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Glu-Hydrocodone.
    • Example 43 Pro-Pro-Leu-Hydrocodone
  • Synthesis of Pro-Pro-Leu-Hydrocodone
  • Pro-Pro-Leu-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 41 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Pro-Pro-OSu.
    • Example 44 Leu-Leu-Leu-Hydrocodone
  • Synthesis of Leu-Leu-Leu-Hydrocodone
  • Leu-Leu-Leu-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 41 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Leu-Leu-OSu.
    • Example 45 Pro-Pro-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Synthesis of Pro-Pro-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Pro-Pro-Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 41 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Pro-Pro-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Ile-Hydrocodone.
    • Example 46 Leu-Pro-Leu-Hydrocodone
  • Synthesis of Leu-Pro-Leu-Hydrocodone
  • Leu-Pro-Leu-Hydrocodone was prepared by similar methods except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Leu-Pro-OSu.
    • Example 47 Lys-Lys-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Synthesis of Lys-Lys-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Lys-Lys-Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by similar methods except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Lys(Boc)-Lys(Boc)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Ile-Hydrocodone.
    • Example 48 Glu-Glu-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Synthesis of Glu-Glu-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Glu-Glu-Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by similar methods except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Glu(OtBu)-Glu(OtBu)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Ile-Hydrocodone.
    • Example 49 Tyr-Tyr-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Synthesis of Tyr-Tyr-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Tyr-Tyr-Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by similar methods except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Tyr(tBu)-Tyr(tBu)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Ile-Hydrocodone.
  • Pentapeptides
    • Example 50 Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Leu-Hydrocodone
  • FIG. 59 illustrates preparation of Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Leu-Hydrocodone.
    Molar
    Reagents MW Weight mmoles Equivalents
    Gly-Gly-Leu-Hydrocodone 599 0.580 g 0.970 1.0
    Boc-Gly-Gly-OSu 329 0.638 g 1.94 2.0
    NMM 101 1.06 ml 9.70 10
    DMF — 20 ml — —

    Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Leu-Hydrocodone
  • To a solution of Gly-Gly-Leu-Hydrocodone in DMF was added NMM followed by Boc-Gly-Gly-OSu. The solution was stirred at ambient temperatures for 18 hours. Solvent was removed. Crude material was purified using preparative HPLC (Phenomenex Luna C18, 30×250 mm, 5 μM, 100 Å; Gradient: 85 water/15 0.1% TFA-MeCN→50/50; 30 ml/min.). Solid was collected as a slightly yellow powder (0.304 g, 37% yield).
  • To the Boc-Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Leu-Hydrocodone (0.304 g) was added 25 ml of 4N HCl in dioxane. The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperatures for 18 hours. Solvent was removed and final product dried under vacuum. Solid was collected as a slightly yellow solid (0.247 g, 97% yield): 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 0.87 (m, 6H), 1.23 (s, 1H), 1.51-1.86 (m, 4H), 2.18 (m, 1H), 2.71 (m, 2H), 2.77 (s, 3H), 2.96 (m, 2H), 3.17 (m, 2H), 3.61 (s, 3H), 3.81-3.84 (m, 10H), 4.22 (m, 1H), 4.36 (m, 1H), 5.09 (m, 1H), 5.59 (d, 1H), 6.74 (dd, 2H), 8.16 (br s, 4H), 8.38 (br s, 1H), 8.74 (br s, 1H), 11.42 (br s, 1H).
    • Example 51 Glu5-Hydrocodone
  • Synthesis of Glu5-Hydrocodone
  • Glu5-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 50 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Glu(OtBu)-Glu(OtBu)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Glu3-Hydrocodone.
    • Example 52 Glu2-Gly2-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Synthesis of Glu2-Gly2-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Glu2-Gly2-Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 50 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Glu(OtBu)-Glu(OtBu)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Gly2-Ile-Hydrocodone.
    • Example 53 Glu2-Gly2-Leu-Hydrocodone
  • Synthesis of Glu2-Gly2-Leu-Hydrocodone
  • Glu2-Gly2-Leu-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 50 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Glu(OtBu)-Glu(OtBu)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Gly2-Leu-Hydrocodone.
    • Example 54 Gly4-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Synthesis of Gly4-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Glu4-Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 50 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Gly-Gly-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Gly2-Ile-Hydrocodone.
    • Example 55 Glu2-Phe3-Hydrocodone
  • Synthesis of Glu2-Phe3-Hydrocodone
  • Glu2-Phe3-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 50 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Glu(OtBu)-Glu(OtBu)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Phe3-Hydrocodone.
    • Example 56 Lys2-Gly2-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Synthesis of Lys2-Gly2-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Lys2-Gly2-Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 50 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Lys(Boc)-Lys(Boc)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Gly2-Ile-Hydrocodone.
    • Example 57 Lys2-Gly2-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Synthesis of Lys2-Pro2-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Lys2-Pro2-Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 50 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Lys(Boc)-Lys(Boc)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Pro2-Ile-Hydrocodone.
    • Example 58 Tyr2-Gly2-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Synthesis of Tyr2-Gly2-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Tyr2-Gly2-Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 50 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Tyr(tBu)-Tyr(tBu)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Gly2-Ile-Hydrocodone.
    • Example 59 Gly2-Pro2-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Synthesis of Gly2-Pro2-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Gly2-Pro2-Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 50 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Gly2-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Pro2-Ile-Hydrocodone.
    • Example 60 Asp2-Phe2-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Synthesis of Asp2-Phe2-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Asp2-Phe2-Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 50 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Asp(OtBu)-Asp(OtBu)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Phe2-Ile-Hydrocodone.
    • Example 61 Glu2-Asp2-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Synthesis of Glu2-Asp2-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Glu2-Asp2-Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 50 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Glu(OtBu)-Glu(OtBu)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Asp2-Ile-Hydrocodone.
    • Example 62 Lys2-Asp2-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Synthesis of Lys2-Asp2-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Lys2-Asp2-Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 50 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Lys(Boc)-Lys(Boc)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Asp2-Ile-Hydrocodone.
    • Example 63 Tyr2-Glu2-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Synthesis of Tyr2-Glu2-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Tyr2-Glu2-Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 50 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Tyr(tBu)-Tyr(tBu)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Glu2-Ile-Hydrocodone.
    • Example 64 Asp4-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Synthesis of Asp4-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Asp4-Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 50 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Asp(OtBu)-Asp(OtBu)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Asp2-Ile-Hydrocodone.
    • Example 65 Glu2-Phe2-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Synthesis of Glu2-Phe2-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Glu2-Phe2-Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 50 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Glu(OtBu)-Glu(OtBu)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Phe2-Ile-Hydrocodone.
    • Example 66 Lys2-Glu2-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Synthesis of Lys2-Glu2-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Lys2-Glu2-Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 50 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Lys(Boc)-Lys(Boc)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Glu2-Ile-Hydrocodone.
    • Example 67 Tyr2-Phe-Pro-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Synthesis of Tyr2-Phe-Pro-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Tyr2-Phe-Pro-Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared by a similar method to Example 50 except the amino acid starting material was Boc-Tyr(tBu)-Tyr(tBu)-OSu and the conjugate starting material was Phe-Pro-Ile-Hydrocodone. YYFFI-HC
    • Example 68 Tyr-Tyr-Phe-Phe-Ile-(6-O)-Hydrocodone
  • Preparation of Tyr-Tyr-Phe-Phe-Ile-(6-O)-Hydrocodone
  • Hydrocodone bitartrate (48.38 g) was stirred in 500 ml 1N NaOH for 5 minutes. Suspension was split into 2 batches and extracted using CHCl3 (2×250 ml), organics were dried using MgSO4 and filtered. Solvent was removed and product was obtained as a white powder (29.05 g).
  • To a solution of hydrocodone freebase (7.12 g) in tetrahydrofuran (THF) (300 ml) was added LiN(TMS)2 in THF (1M, 36.0 ml) via syringe. The solution was stirred at ambient temperatures for 10 minutes then Boc-Ile-OSu (11.7 g) was added. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperatures for 3 hours. Reaction was neutralized to pH 7 with 1M HCl and stirred for 10 minutes. Solvent was removed. Crude material was taken up in diethyl ether (100 ml), washed with sat. NaHCO3 (3×100 ml), dried over MgSO4, filtered, and solvent was removed. Solid was collected as a yellow powder (11.1 g).
  • To the Boc-Ile-Hydrocodone (11.1 g) was added 125 ml of 4N HCl in dioxane. The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperatures for 1 hour. Solvent was removed and final product dried under vacuum. Solid was collected as a slightly yellow powder (10.43 g).
  • To a suspension of Boc-Phe-Phe-OH (10.0 g) and N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) (3.06 g) in acetone (300 ml) was added dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) (4.99 g). The solution was stirred at ambient temperatures under argon for 18 hrs. Solid dicyclohexylurea (DCU) was filtered away and washed with acetone. Solvent was removed from filtrate. Crude material was recrystallized using a system of acetone and hexane. Solvent was filtered off and the solid was collected as a white powder (12.2 g).
  • To a solution of Ile-HC.2HCl (6.00 g) in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) (150 ml) was added 4-methyl morpholine (NMM) (6.79 ml) followed by Boc-Phe-Phe-OSu (6.93 g). The solution was stirred at ambient temperatures for 18 hours. Solvent was reduced to approximately ¼ total volume, added to sat. NaHCO3 (˜100 ml), and stirred for 30 minutes. The precipitate was filtered and washed thoroughly with water. Solid material was dried in vacuum, dissolved in a small amount of ethyl acetate, and filtered. Product was obtained as a slightly yellow powder (8.39 g).
  • To Boc-Phe-Phe-Ile-HC (2.99 g) was added 50 nm 4N HCl in dioxane. The resulting suspension was stirred at ambient temperatures for 1 hour. Solvent was removed and product was dried. Product was obtained as a yellow solid (2.60 g).
  • To a solution of Boc-Tyr(tBu)-OH (1.00 g) in 15 ml DMF was added O-(N-succinimidyl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate (TSTU) (0.892 g) and NMM (0.65 ml). After 10 minutes of activation, H-Tyr(tBu)-OH (0.844 g) in 40 ml DMF:dioxane:water (2:2:1) was added. The resulting suspension was stirred at ambient temperature for 4 hours. After this time, water (15 ml) was added and the resulting solution was stirred at ambient temperature for 30 minutes. The solvent volume was reduced to ¼ and extracted with ethyl acetate (250 ml), washed with 5% acetic acid in water (2×150 ml), water (3×150 ml), and brine (150 ml). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and solvent removed. Crude product was purified using recrystallization with IPAC/hexane solvent system. Final product was isolated as a white solid (1.025 g).
  • To a suspension of Boc-Tyr(tBu)-Tyr(OtBu)-OH (7.32 g) and NHS (1.54 g) in acetone (150 ml) was added DCC (2.51 g). The solution was stirred at ambient temperatures under argon for 18 hrs. Solid DCU was filtered away and washed with acetone. Solvent was removed from filtrate. Crude material was washed with warm hexane. Solid was collected as a white powder (6.65 g).
  • To a solution of Phe-Phe-Ile-HC.2HCl (2.63 g) in DMF (100 ml) was added NMM (3.70 ml) followed by Boc-Tyr(tBu)-Tyr(tBu)-OSu (4.41 g). The solution was stirred at ambient temperatures for 18 hours. Solvent was reduced to approximately ¼ total volume, added to sat. NaHCO3 (100 ml), and stirred for 30 minutes. The precipitate was filtered and washed thoroughly with water. Solid material was dried in vacuum and purified by reverse phase HPLC (2.77 g). Product was deprotected using 4N HCl in dioxane (50 ml).
  • To a solution of Phe-Phe-Ile-HC.2HCl (5.00 g) in DMF (250 ml) was added NMM (3.52 ml) followed by Boc-Tyr(tBu)-Tyr(tBu)-OSu (4.61 g). The solution was stirred at ambient temperatures for 6 hours. Solvent was reduced to approximately ¼ total volume, added to sat. NaHCO3 (˜500 ml), and stirred for 30 minutes. The precipitate was filtered and washed thoroughly with water. Solid material was dried in vacuum overnight, dissolved in methanol, and any remaining solid material was filtered. The solvent was evaporated from the filtrate and the product was recrystallized using ethanol (˜60 ml). The precipitate was filtered and dried in vacuum overnight. Product was collected as a pale brown powder (4.57 g).
  • Boc-Tyr(OtBu)-Tyr(OtBu)-Phe-Phe-Ile-HC (3.53 g) was deprotected using 4N HCl in dioxane (˜100 ml). This material was stirred at ambient temperatures for ˜1 hour. The solvent was evaporated and the product was collected as a slightly yellow powder (3.64 g).
  • FIGS. 60 through 85 demonstrate plasma levels measured by ELISA of various compounds described in Examples 35 through 68.
  • Glycopeptides
  • FIG. 86 illustrates preparation of 1,2:3,4-di-O-isopropylidene-D-galactopyranose.
    Molar
    Reagents MW Weight mmoles Equivalents
    1,2:3,4-di-O-isopropylidene- 260 1.00 g 3.85 1
    D-galactopyranose
    20% Phosgene in toluene — 20 ml — —

    Chloroformate of 1,2:3,4-di-O-isopropylidene-D-galactopyranose
  • To a stirring solution of 20% phosgene in toluene under an inert atmosphere was added 1,2:3,4-di-O-isopropylidene-D-galactopyranose via syringe. The resulting clear, colorless solution was stirred at ambient temperature for 30 minutes. After stirring, Ar(g) was bubbled through the solution for approximately 20 minutes to remove any excess phosgene. Solvent was then removed and product dried under vacuum for 18 hours. Product was used without further purification or characterization.
    • Example 69 Galactose-CO-Leu-Hydrocodone
  • Synthesis of Galactose-CO-Leu-Hydrocodone
  • To the chloroformate of galactose (1.5 eq) in dimethylformamide (DMF) (2 ml/mmol) was added Leu-Hydrocodone (1 eq) and 4-methylmorpholine (NMM) (6 eq). The reaction was stirred at ambient temperatures for 18 hours. Reaction was quenched by the addition of water, solvents were removed and crude product was isolated by purification with reverse-phase HPLC.
  • Product was deprotected using 1:1 1M HCl:THF (1 ml/0.1 mmol) in 3 hours. Product was re-purified by reverse-phase HPLC.
    • Example 70 Galactose-CO-Pro2-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Synthesis of Galactose-CO-Pro2-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Galactose-CO-Pro2-Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared in a manner similar to Example 69 except Pro2-Ile-Hydrocodone was used as the conjugated starting material.
    • Example 71 Galactose-CO-Pro2-Leu-Hydrocodone
  • Synthesis of Galactose-CO-Pro2-Leu-Hydrocodone
  • Galactose-CO-Pro2-Leu-Hydrocodone was prepared in a manner similar to Example 69 Pro2-Leu-Hydrocodone was used as the conjugated starting material.
  • FIG. 87 illustrates oral bioavailability of abuse-resistant hydrocodone glyco-peptide conjugates, measured as free hydrocodone.
    • Example 72 Gulonic Acid-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Synthesis of Gulonic Acid-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Gulonic acid-Ile-Hydrocodone was prepared in a manner similar to Example 69 except Ile-Hydrocodone was used as the conjugated starting material and Gulonic acid-OSu was used as the carbohydrate starting material.
  • FIG. 88 illustrates Oral bioavailability of an abuse-resistant hydrocodone amino acid-carbohydrate conjugate, measured as free hydrocodone.
  • D-Amino Acids
    • Example 73 (d)-Lys-(l)-Lys-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • Preparation of (d)-Lys-(l)-Lys-Ile-Hydrocodone
  • To a solution of Ile-Hydrocodone in DMF was added NMM followed by Boc-(d)-Lys(Boc)-(l)-Lys(Boc)-OSu. The solution was stirred at ambient temperatures for 18 hours. Solvent was removed. Crude material was purified using preparative HPLC (Phenomenex Luna C18, 30×250 mm, 5 μM, 100 Å; Gradient: 90 water/10 0.1% TFA-MeCN→0/100; 30 ml/min.). Solid was collected as a slightly yellow powder. To the Boc-(d)-Lys(Boc)-(l)-Lys(Boc)-Hydrocodone was added 4N HCl in dioxane. The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperatures for 18 hours. Solvent was removed and final product dried under vacuum. Solid was collected as a slightly yellow solid.
  • Nucleosides
  • FIG. 89 illustrates nucleosides and conjugation sites. Examples 74 through 83 are also described through FIGS. 90 through 128 (with plasma levels measured by LC/MS/MS).
    • Example 74 Oral Bioavailability of Peptide-Hydrocodone Conjugates at a Dose (1 mg/kg) Approximating a Therapeutic Human Dose and at an Elevated Dose
  • Example 74 illustrates that when the peptides EEFFI (Table 46, FIG. 90), EEFFF (Table 47, FIG. 91), YYI (Table 48, FIG. 92), DDI (Table 49, FIG. 93), and YYFFI (Table 50, FIG. 94) are conjugated to the active agent hydrocodone oral bioavailability is maintained or increased over an equivalent hydrocodone dose when the dose is administered as 1 mg/kg. This dose is the equivalent of a human dose of 10 to 14 mg for an individual weighing 70 kg (148 lbs) according to Chou et al. However, when administered orally at 5 mg/kg peak levels and bioavailability of EEFFI-HC (Table 51, FIG. 95), YYI-HC (Table 52, FIG. 96), DDI-HC (Table 53, FIG. 97) and YYFFI-HC (Table 54, FIG. 98) are substantially decreased. A 5 mg/kg dose in rats approximates an 80 mg human equivalent dose (HED) of hydrocodone bitartrate; a dose that would be likely to be harmful to a naïve patient in immediate release form with the potential for fatal overdose. Human equivalent doses are defined as the equivalent dose for a 60 kg person adjusted for the body surface area of the animal model. The adjustment factor for rats is 6.2. The HED for a rat dose of 5 mg/kg of hydrocodone base, for example, is equivalent to 48.39 mg (5/6.2×60) hydrocodne base; which is equivalent to 79.98 (48.39/0.605) mg hydrocodone bitartrate, when adjusted for the salt content.
  • Thus the peptide-hydrocodone conjugates maintain their therapeutic value at the lower dose (1 mg/kg), whereas when given at a dose above a safe level (5 mg/kg) bioavailability is decreased as compared to hydrocodone, thus diminishing the potential for overdose by oral ingestion. The decrease in bioavailability of hydrocodone from peptide hydrocodone conjugates relative to hydrocodone ranged from 9 to 70 percent (Table 55).
    TABLE 46
    Oral Pharmacokinetics of Hydrocodone vs. EEFFI-HC (1 mg/kg dose).
    Hours AUC (ng/ml h) Percent Cmax Percent
    Drug 0.5 1.5 3 5 8 0-8 h HC ng/ml HC
    Hydrocodone Bitartrate 9.5 4.5 1.9 0 2 19.1 100 9.5 100
    EEFFI-HC 12.9 5.2 4.2 0 1.6 25.8 135 12.9 136

    hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (ng/ml)
  • TABLE 47
    Oral Pharmacokinetics of Hydrocodone vs. EEFFF-HC (1 mg/kg dose).
    Hours AUC (ng/ml h) Percent Cmax Percent
    Drug 0.5 1.5 3 5 8 0-8 h HC ng/ml HC
    Hydrocodone Bitartrate 9.5 4.5 1.9 0 2 19.1 100 9.5 100
    EEFFF-HC 11.3 4.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 20.7 108 11.3 119

    hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (ng/ml)
  • TABLE 48
    Oral Pharmacokinetics of Hydrocodone vs. YYI-HC (1 mg/kg dose).
    Hours AUC (ng/ml h) Percent Cmax Percent
    Drug 0.5 1.5 3 5 8 0-8 h HC ng/ml HC
    Hydrocodone Bitartrate 9.2 5.9 2.3 1.9 2 26.1 100 9.2 100
    YYI-HC 9.2 4.3 1.5 1.1 1.8 20.4 78 9.2 100

    hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (ng/ml)
  • TABLE 49
    Oral Pharmacokinetics of Hydrocodone vs. DDI-HC (1 mg/kg dose).
    Hours AUC (ng/ml h) Percent Cmax Percent
    Drug 0.5 1.5 3 5 8 0-8 h HC ng/ml HC
    Hydrocodone Bitartrate 8.6 3 1.1 0 1.4 14 100 8.6 100
    DDI-HC 14.9 5 0 0 0 17.4 124 14.9 173

    hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (ng/ml)
  • TABLE 50
    Oral Pharmacokinetics of Hydrocodone vs. YYFFI-HC (1 mg/kg dose).
    Hours AUC (ng/ml h) Percent Cmax Percent
    Drug 0.5 1.0 1.5 3 5 8 0-8 h HC ng/ml HC
    Hydrocodone Bitartrate 8.6 4.5 3 1.1 0 1.4 13.6 100 8.6 100
    YYFFI-HC 7 3.7 4.3 1.4 1.1 0 14.9 110 7 81

    hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (ng/ml)
  • TABLE 51
    Oral Pharmacokinetics of Hydrocodone vs. EEFFI-HC (5 mg/kg dose).
    Hours AUC (ng/ml h) Percent Cmax Percent
    Drug 0.5 1.5 3 5 8 0-8 h HC ng/ml HC
    Hydrocodone Bitartrate 93 5.3 39 5 6.5 167 100 93 100
    EEFFI-HC 44 6.5 5.7 4.2 4.5 68 41 44 47

    hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (ng/ml)
  • TABLE 52
    Oral Pharmacokinetics of Hydrocodone vs. YYI-HC (5 mg/kg dose).
    Hours AUC (ng/ml h) Percent Cmax Percent
    Drug 0.5 1.5 3 5 8 0-8 h HC ng/ml HC
    Hydrocodone Bitartrate 37 13 12 3 0 71 100 37 100
    YYI-HC 15 6.3 3.3 1.6 2.7 33 46 15 41

    hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (ng/ml)
  • TABLE 53
    Oral Pharmacokinetics of Hydrocodone vs. DDI-HC (5 mg/kg dose).
    Hours AUC (ng/ml h) Percent Cmax Percent
    Drug 0.5 1.5 3 5 8 0-8 h HC ng/ml HC
    Hydrocodone Bitartrate 73 42 6.7 1.2 3.8 128 100 73 100
    DDI-HC 115 19 11 4 3.1 145 113 115 158

    hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (ng/ml)
  • TABLE 54
    Oral Pharmacokinetics of Hydrocodone vs. YYFFI-HC (5 mg/kg dose).
    Hours AUC (ng/ml h) Percent Cmax Percent
    Drug 0.5 1.0 1.5 3 5 8 0-8 h HC ng/ml HC
    Hydrocodone Bitartrate 73 62 42 6.7 1.2 3.8 123 100 73 100
    YYFFI-HC 46 33 34 13 8.3 4.5 105 86 46 63

    hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (ng/ml)
  • TABLE 55
    Decrease in Oral Bioavailability at 5 mg/kg vs. Therapeutic
    Dose of 1 mg/kg.
    Bioavailability Bioavailability Percent Decrease
    1 mg/kg 5 mg/kg 1 mg/kg vs. 5 mg/kg
    Drug AUC Cmax AUC Cmax AUC Cmax
    YYI-HC 78 100 46 40 41 60
    DDI-HC 124 174 113 158 9 9
    YYFFI-HC 109 81 86 62 15 23
    EEFFI-HC 135 136 41 47 70 65
    • Example 75 Bioavailability of Peptide-HC Conjugates by the Intranasal Route
  • Example 75 illustrates that when the peptides EEFFF (Table 56, FIG. 99), YYI (Table 57, FIG. 100), DDI (Table 58, FIG. 101) and YYFFI (Table 59, FIG. 102) are conjugated to the active agent hydrocodone the bioavailability by the intravenous route is substantially decreased thereby diminishing the possibility of overdose when the drug is administered by snorting.
    TABLE 56
    Intranasal Pharmacokinetics of Hydrocodone vs. EEFFF-HC (1 mg/kg dose).
    Minutes AUC (ng/ml h) Percent Cmax Percent
    Drug
    5 15 30 60 0-1 h HC ng/ml HC
    Hydrocodone Bitartrate 262 259 142 47 152 100 262 100
    EEFFF-HC 34 21 24 15 21 14 34 13

    hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (ng/ml)
  • TABLE 57
    Intranasal Pharmacokinetics of Hydrocodone vs. YYI-HC (1 mg/kg dose).
    Minutes AUC (ng/ml h) Percent Cmax Percent
    Drug
    5 15 30 60 0-1 h HC ng/ml HC
    Hydrocodone Bitartrate 446 553 244 103 288 100 553 100
    YYI-HC 31 17 12 2 12 4 31 6

    hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (ng/ml)
  • TABLE 58
    Intranasal Pharmacokinetics of Hydrocodone vs. DDI-HC (1 mg/kg dose).
    Minutes AUC (ng/ml h) Percent Cmax Percent
    Drug
    5 15 30 60 0-1 h HC ng/ml HC
    Hydrocodone Bitartrate 446 553 244 103 288 100 553 100
    DDI-HC 281 121 64 16 88 31 281 51

    hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (ng/ml)
  • TABLE 59
    Intranasal Pharmacokinetics of Hydrocodone vs. YYFFI-HC (1 mg/kg dose).
    Minutes AUC (ng/ml h) Percent Cmax Percent
    Drug
    5 15 30 60 0-1 h HC ng/ml HC
    Hydrocodone Bitartrate 446 553 244 103 288 100 553 100
    YYFFI-HC 28 27 16 21 20 100 28 5

    hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (ng/ml)
    • Example 76 Bioavailability of Peptide-HC Conjugates by the Intravenous Route
  • Example 76 illustrates that when the peptides EEFFI (Table 60, FIG. 103), EEFFF (Table 61, FIG. 104), YYI (Table 62, FIG. 105) and YYFFI (Table 63, FIG. 106) are conjugated to the active agent hydrocodone the bioavailability by the intravenous route is substantially decreased thereby diminishing the possibility of overdose when the drug is administered by this unintended route.
    TABLE 60
    Intravenous Pharmacokinetics of Hydrocodone vs. EEFFI-HC (1 mg/kg dose).
    Minutes AUC (ng/ml h) Percent Cmax Percent
    Drug
    5 15 30 60 0-1 h HC ng/ml HC
    Hydrocodone Bitartrate 179 204 201 132 173 100 179 100
    EEFFI-HC 89 76 78 66 66 38 89 44

    hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (ng/ml)
  • TABLE 61
    Intravenous Pharmacokinetics of Hydrocodone vs. EEFFF-HC (1 mg/kg dose).
    Minutes AUC (ng/ml h) Percent Cmax Percent
    Drug
    5 15 30 60 0-1 h HC ng/ml HC
    Hydrocodone Bitartrate 179 204 201 132 173 100 179 100
    EEFFF-HC 135 77 140 85 107 62 135 75

    hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (ng/ml)
  • TABLE 62
    Intravenous Pharmacokinetics of Hydrocodone vs. YYI-HC (1 mg/kg dose).
    Minutes AUC (ng/ml h) Percent Cmax Percent
    Drug
    5 15 30 60 0-1 h HC ng/ml HC
    Hydrocodone Bitartrate 238 182 136 77 138 100 238 100
    YYI-HC 9 13 13 3 10 7 13 6

    hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (ng/ml)
  • TABLE 63
    Intravenous Pharmacokinetics of Hydrocodone vs. YYFFI-HC (1 mg/kg dose).
    Minutes AUC (ng/ml h) Percent Cmax Percent
    Drug
    5 15 30 60 0-1 h HC ng/ml HC
    Hydrocodone Bitartrate 238 182 136 77 138 100 238 100
    YYFFI-HC 171 28 22 18 40 29 171 72

    hydrocodone plus hydromorphone (ng/ml)
    • Example 77 Hydrocodone Conjugates
  • Bioavailability (AUC and Cmax) of various peptide-hydrocodone conjugates relative to that of hydrocodone bitartrate are shown in Table 64. The invention is well illustrated by the in vivo performance of YYFFI-HC (FIGS. 107 through 128). At the relatively low doses of 1 and 2 mg/kg (human equivalent doses (HEDs) of 16 and 32 mg hydrocodone bitartrate) YYFFI-HC showed comparable bioavailability to that of hydrocodone bitartrate (Table 65, FIGS. 129 through 134). At the elevated doses of 5 and 25 mg/kg bioavailability of hydrocodone and hydromorphone were substantially decreased as compared to that of hydrocodone (Table 66, FIGS. 135 through 150). These doses (HED of 80 and 400 mg hydrocodne bitartrate) are equivalent to amounts well above the available prescription doses of hydrocodone bitartrate which range from 2.5 to 10 mg. When delivered by the parentaral routes of intravenous and intranasal administration a substantial decrease in bioavailability of hydrocodone and hydromorphone from YYFFI-HC as compared to hydrocodone bitratrate was observed. These examples establish that covalent modification of an opiod via attachment of a peptide provides a method of delivering bioequivalent doses when given at doses approximating a normal prescribed dose. When administered by parenteral routes or at oral doses in excess of the intended prescription the bioavailability is substantially decreased. Collectively, the examples clearly illustrate the utility of the invention for decreasing the abuse potential of opiods.
    TABLE 64
    Mean hydrocodone concentrations following oral administration of hydrocodone
    bitartrate or YYFFI-HC at escalating doses.
    Dose1/Concentration (ng/ml)
    1 mg/kg 2 mg/kg 5 mg/kg 25 mg/kg
    Hours HC2 YYFFI-HC3 HC2 YYFFI-HC3 HC2 YYFFI-HC3 HC2 YYFFI-HC 3
    0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
    0.1 114.0 20.3 60.3 35.2 628.7 26.6 408.9 41.4
    0.5 14.3 17.9 15.6 23 74.3 22.5 153.9 23.3
    1.0 7.0 10.4 12.9 14.4 80.8 15.1 86.2 31.0
    2.0 2.6 2.8 3.4 9.8 18.4 10.3 83.3 43.9
    4.0 1.0 1.2 1.3 3.3 4.9 3.6 57.8 25.0

    1hydrocodone base content

    2hydrocodone bitartrate

    3YYFFI-HC HCl
  • TABLE 65
    Hydrocodone pharmacokinetic parameters following oral administration of
    hydrocodone bitartrate or YYFFI-HC at escalating doses.
    Dose1/Concentration (ng/ml)
    1 mg/kg 2 mg/kg 5 mg/kg 25 mg/kg
    Parameter HC2 YYFFI-HC3 HC2 YYFFI-HC3 HC2 YYFFI-HC3 HC2 YYFFI-HC3
    AUC 45.1 26.3 38.2 48 234 47 419.0 135.0
    Percent HC + HM 4 100 58 100 126 100 20 100 32
    Cmax 114.0 20.3 60.3 35.2 628.7 26.6 408.9 41.4
    Percent HC + HM 4 100 18 100 58 100 4 100 10

    1hydrocodone base content

    2hydrocodone bitartrate

    3YYFFI-HC HCl

    4percent relative to parameter following administration of hydrocodone bitartrate
  • TABLE 66
    Mean hydromorphone concentrations following oral administration of hydrocodone
    bitartrate or YYFFI-HC at escalating doses.
    Dose1/Concentration (ng/ml)
    1 mg/kg 2 mg/kg 5 mg/kg 25 mg/kg
    Hours HC2 YYFFI-HC3 HC2 YYFFI-HC3 HC2 YYFFI-HC3 HC2 YYFFI-HC 3
    0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
    0.1 1.95 0.27 7.61 1.13 9.03 0.49 44.36 8.00
    0.5 3.22 2.87 18.10 8.74 13.46 10.41 62.24 10.35
    1.0 2.69 2.39 9.23 3.63 10.36 4.82 29.89 12.70
    2.0 2.11 2.24 2.31 3.41 6.68 3.17 31.62 16.22
    4.0 0.64 1.02 0.59 0.88 2.00 1.07 40.86 8.98

    1hydrocodone base content

    2hydrocodone bitartrate

    3YYFFI-HC HCl
  • TABLE 67
    Hydromorphone pharmacokinetic parameters following oral administration of
    hydrocodone bitartrate or YYFFI-HC at escalating doses.
    Dose1/Concentration (ng/ml)
    1 mg/kg 2 mg/kg 5 mg/kg 25 mg/kg
    Parameter HC2 YYFFI-HC3 HC2 YYFFI-HC3 HC2 YYFFI-HC3 HC2 YYFFI-HC3
    AUC 7.8 7.5 21.0 12.9 28.1 14.3 149 49
    Percent HM 4 100 97 100 61 100 51 100 33
    Cmax 3.2 2.9 18.1 8.7 13.5 10.4 44.4 16.2
    Percent HM 4 100 89 100 48 100 77 100 37

    1hydrocodone base content

    2hydrocodone bitartrate

    3YYFFI-HC HCl

    4percent relative to parameter following administration of hydrocodone bitartrate
  • TABLE 68
    Mean hydrocodone plus hydromorphone concentrations following oral administration
    of hydrocodone bitartrate or YYFFI-HC at escalating doses.
    Dose1/Concentration (ng/ml)
    1 mg/kg 2 mg/kg 5 mg/kg 25 mg/kg
    Hours HC2 YYFFI-HC3 HC2 YYFFI-HC3 HC2 YYFFI-HC3 HC2 YYFFI-HC 3
    0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
    0.1 116 20.6 67.9 36.3 637.7 27.1 453.3 49.4
    0.5 17.5 20.; 8 33.7 31.7 87.8 32.9 216.1 33.7
    1.0 9.7 12.8 22.1 18.0 91.2 19.9 116.1 43.7
    2.0 4.7 5.0 5.7 13.2 25.1 13.5 114.9 60.1
    4.0 1.6 2.2 1.9 4.2 6.9 4.7 98.7 34.0

    1hydrocodone base content

    2hydrocodone bitartrate

    3YYFFI-HC HCl
  • TABLE 69
    Hydrocodone plus hydromorphone pharmacokinetic parameters following oral
    administration of hydrocodone bitartrate or YYFFI-HC at escalating doses.
    Dose1/Concentration (ng/ml)
    1 mg/kg 2 mg/kg 5 mg/kg 25 mg/kg
    Parameter HC2 YYFFI-HC3 HC2 YYFFI-HC3 HC2 YYFFI-HC3 HC2 YYFFI-HC3
    AUC 53 34 59 61 312 62 569 193
    Percent HC 4 100 64 100 103 100 20 100 34
    Cmax 116 20.8 67.9 36.3 638 32.9 453 49.4
    Percent HC 4 100 18 100 53 100 5 100 11

    1hydrocodone base content

    2hydrocodone bitartrate

    3YYFFI-HC HCl

    4percent relative to parameter following administration of hydrocodone bitartrate
  • TABLE 70
    Mean hydrocodone plus hydromorphone, hydrocodone, and
    hydromorphone, concentrations following intravenous administration
    of hydrocodone bitartrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg
    (hydrocodone base content).
    Concentration (ng/ml)
    HC + HM HC HM
    Hours HC1 YYFFI-HC2 HC1 YYFFI-HC2 HC1 YYFFI-HC 2
    0 0 0 0 0 0 0
    0.1 208.9 22.6 42.97 8.75 251.9 31.3
    0.5 83.7 13.5 16.09 1.44 99.8 14.9
    1.0 38.4 13.0 3.65 0.92 42.1 13.9
    2.0 12.4 13.1 1.77 0.41 14.2 13.5
    4.0 2.9 8.5 0.70 0.33 3.6 8.8

    1hydrocodone bitartrate

    2YYFFI-HC HCl
  • TABLE 71
    Hydrocodone plus hydromorphone, hydrocodone, and
    hydromorphone pharmacokinetic parameters following
    intravenous administration of hydrocodone bitartrate or
    YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (hydrocodone base content).
    Concentration (ng/ml)
    HM
    HC + HM HC YYFFI-
    Parameter HC1 YYFFI-HC2 HC1 YYFFI-HC2 HC1 HC2
    AUC 140.0 50.0 24.10 4.50 164 54
    Percent 1 100 36 100 19 100 33
    Cmax 208.9 22.6 43.0 8.7 252 31.3
    Percent 1 100 10.8 100 20.2 100 12.4

    1hydrocodone bitartrate

    2YYFFI-HC HCl

    3percent relative to parameter following administration of hydrocodone bitartrate
  • TABLE 72
    Mean hydrocodone plus hydromorphone, hydrocodone, and
    hydromorphone, concentrations following intranasal administration
    of hydrocodone bitartrate or YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg.
    Concentration (ng/ml)
    HC + HM HC HM
    Minutes HC1 YYFFI-HC2 HC1 YYFFI-HC2 HC1 YYFFI-HC 2
    0 0 0 0 0 0 0
    5 446 28 441 28 4.4 bql 3
    15 553 27 543 27 10.6 bql 4
    30 244 16 227 16 17.1 bql 5
    60 103 21 96 21 7.2 bql6

    1hydrocodone bitartrate

    2YYFFI-HC HCl
  • TABLE 73
    Hydrocodone plus hydromorphone, hydrocodone, and
    hydromorphone pharmacokinetic parameters following
    intravenous administration of hydrocodone bitartrate or
    YYFFI-HC at 1 mg/kg (hydrocodone base content).
    Concentration (ng/ml)
    HM
    HC + HM HC YYFFI-
    Parameter HC1 YYFFI-HC2 HC1 YYFFI-HC2 HC1 HC2
    AUC 288.0 20.0 74.70 10.30 7.0 NA
    Percent 3 100 6.9 100 13.8 100 NA
    Cmax 553.0 28.0 543.0 28.0 17 NA
    Percent
    3 100 5.1 100 5.2 100 NA

    1hydrocodone bitartrate

    2YYFFI-HC HCl

    3percent relative to parameter following administration of hydrocodone bitartrate
  • Summary of in vivo testing of abuse resistant hydrocodone conjugates. In vivo testing of hydrocodone conjugates demonstrates for instance decreased intranasal analgesic response, decreased intravenous analgesic response, decreased subcutaneous analgesic response, decreased oral Cmax, decreased intranasal bioavailability (AUC and Cmax), and decreased intravenous bioavailability (AUC and Cmax) of hydrocodone conjugates and is described in further detail below.
    • Example 78 Decreased Intranasal Analgesic Response to Hydrocodone Conjugates
  • Male Sprague-Dawley rats were dosed by placing 0.02 ml of water containing hydrocodone conjugate or hydrocodone bitartrate into the nasal flares. All doses contained equivalent amounts of hydrocodone base. The time (seconds) until paw lick latency was used a measure of the analgesic effect. Rats were habituated to determine baseline response. Hot plate tests were conducted at 55° C. A limit of 45 seconds was used in all testing to avoid tissue damage. All animals were humanely sacrificed following the end of testing. The paw lick latency (analgesic effect)-time curves shown in FIGS. 112 and 114 indicate the decrease in analgesia produced by the hydrocodone conjugates as compared to an equimolar (hydrocodone base) dose of hydrocodone bitartrate. The analgesic response as determined by the hot plate test is a pharmacodynamic measurement of the pharmacological effect of hydrocodone. These examples illustrate that hydrocodone conjugates decrease the analgesic effect by the intranasal route of administration as compared to hydrodone bitartrate.
    • Example 79 Decreased Intravenous Analgesic Response to Hydrocodone Conjugates
  • Male Sprague-Dawley rats were dosed by tail vein injection of 0.1 ml of water containing hydrocodone conjugates or hydrocodone bitartrate. All doses contained equivalent amounts of hydrocodone base. The time (seconds) until paw lick latency was used a measure of the analgesic effect. Rats were habituated to determine baseline response. Hot plate tests were conducted at 55° C. A limit of 45 seconds was used in all testing to avoid tissue damage. All animals were humanely sacrificed following the end of testing. The paw lick latency (analgesic effect)-time curve shown in FIG. 67 indicates the decrease in analgesia produced by a hydrocodone conjugate as compared to an equimolar (hydrocodone base) dose of hydrocodone bitartrate. The analgesic response as determined by the hot plate test is a pharmacodynamic measurement of the pharmacological effect of hydrocodone. This example illustrates that a hydrocodone conjugate decreased the analgesic effect by the intravenous route of administration as compared to hydrodone bitartrate.
    • Example 80 Decreased Subcutaneous Analgesic Response to Hydrocodone Conjugates
  • Male Sprague-Dawley rats were dosed by subcutatenous injection of 0.1 ml of water containing hydrocodone conjugates or hydrocodone bitartrate. All doses contained equivalent amounts of hydrocodone base. The time (seconds) until paw lick latency was used a measure of the analgesic effect. Rats were habituated to determine baseline response. Hot plate tests were conducted at 55° C. A limit of 45 seconds was used in all testing to avoid tissue damage. All animals were humanely sacrificed following the end of testing. The paw lick latency (analgesic effect)-time curve shown in FIG. 62 indicates the decrease in analgesia produced by a hydrocodone conjugate as compared to an equimolar (hydrocodone base) dose of hydrocodone bitartrate. The analgesic response as determined by the hot plate test is a pharmacodynamic measurement of the pharmacological effect of hydrocodone. This example illustrates that a hydrocodone conjugate decreased the analgesic effect by the subcutaneous route of administration as compared to hydrodone bitartrate.
    • Example 81 Decreased Oral Cmax of Hydrocodone Conjugates
  • Male Sprague-Dawley rats were provided water ad libitum, fasted overnight and dosed by oral gavage with hydrocodone conjugates or hydrocodone bitartrate. All doses contained equivalent amounts of hydrocodone base. Plasma hydrocodone concentrations were measured by ELISA (Hydromorphone, 106619-1, Neogen, Corporation, Lexington, Ky.). The assay is specific for hydromorphone (the major hydrocodone metabolite, 100% reactive) and hydrocodone (62.5% reactive). The plasma concentration-time curves of various hydrocodone conjugates vs. hydrocodone bitratrate are shown in FIGS. 53, 76, 84, and 85. These examples illustrate that hydrocodone conjugates decrease the peak level (Cmax) of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone as compared to that produced by equimolar (hydrocodone base) doses of hydrocodone bitartrate when given by the oral route of administration.
    • Example 82 Decreased Intranasal Bioavailability (AUC and Cmax) Hydrocodone Conjugates
  • Male Sprague-Dawley rats were provided water ad libitum and doses were administered by placing 0.02 ml of water containing hydrocodone conjugates or hydrocodne bitartrate into the nasal flares. All doses contained equivalent amounts of hydrocodone base. Plasma hydrocodone concentrations were measured by ELISA (Hydromorphone, 106619-1, Neogen, Corporation, Lexington, Ky.). The assay is specific for hydromorphone (the major hydrocodone metabolite, 100% reactive) and hydrocodone (62.5% reactive). The plasma concentration-time curves of various hydrocodone conjugates vs. hydrocodone bitartrate are shown in FIGS. 55, 60, 64-66, 69-73, 75, 77-85. These examples illustrate that hydrocodone conjugates decrease the peak level (Cmax) and total absorption (AUC) of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone as compared to those produced by equimolar (hydrocodone base) doses of hydrocodone bitartrate when given by the intranasal route of administration.
    • Example 83 Decreased Intravenous Bioavailability (AUC and Cmax) Hydrocodone Conjugates
  • Male Sprague-Dawley rats were provided water ad libitum and doses were administered by intravenous tail vein injection of 0.1 ml of water containing hydrocodone conjugates or hydrocodone bitartrate. All doses contained equivalent amounts of d-amphetamine base. Plasma hydrocodone concentrations were measured by ELISA (Hydromorphone, 106619-1, Neogen, Corporation, Lexington, Ky.). The assay is specific for hydromorphone (the major hydrocodone metabolite, 100% reactive) and hydrocodone (62.5% reactive). The plasma concentration-time curves of a hydrocodone conjugate vs. hydrocodone bitartrate is shown in FIG. 74. This example illustrates that a dose of hydrocodone conjugate decreases the peak level (Cmax) and total absorption (AUC) of hydrocodone plus hydromorphone as compared to those produced by an equimolar (hydrocodone base) dose of hydrocodone bitartrate when given by the intranasal route of administration.
    • Examples 84 Through 118 Oxycodone
  • Examples 84 through 118 illustrate the compounds and compositions for reducing the potential for overdose and abuse while maintaining therapeutic value wherein the active agent oxycodone (OC) is covalently attached to a chemical moiety. The compound which is di-substituted at the 6 and 14 position of oxycodone is termed PPL(2)-OC.
  • Oral, intranasal, and intravenous bioavailability studies of oxycodone and oxycodone conjugates were conducted in male Sprague-Dawley rats. Doses of oxycodone hydrochloride and oxycodone conjugates containing equivalent amounts of oxycodone were administered in deionized water. Oral administration was in 0.5 ml by gavage needle. Intranasal doses were administered by placing 20 microliters into the nasal flares of rats anesthetized with isoflurane. Intravenous administration was in 0.1 ml by tail vein injection. Plasma was collected by retroorbital sinus puncture under isoflurane anesthesia. Oxycodone and oxymorphone (major active metabolite) concentrations were determined by LC/MS/MS.
  • The below examples are illustrative only and PPL(2)-OC is not meant to be limiting. As such, synthesis and attachment of oxycodone may be accomplished for instance view the following exemplary methods. Additionally, Examples 84 through 96 describe methods for attaching amino acid or various length peptides to oxycodone.
  • Oxycodone Synthetic Examples
    • Example 84 Synthesis of [Boc-X]2-Oxycodone
  • To a solution of oxycodone free base (2.04 g, 6.47 mmol) in THF (˜35 ml) was added LiN(TMS)2 (19.41 ml, 19.41 mmol) and stirred for ˜30 mins. To this was added solid Boc-X-OSu (X=amino acid, 21 mmol) at one time and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solution was neutralized with 1N HCl and the THF was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with EtOAc (200 mL), satd. NaHCO3 (150 mL) was added and stirred for 1 h. EtOAc part was washed with NaHCO3 and brine. Dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated to dryness. Compound was obtained by purification over silica gel column (30% EtOAc/Hexane).
  • Deprotection of [Boc-X]2-Oxycodone:
  • General method of deprotection: The above compound was reacted with 4N HCl/dioxane (25 mL/gm) at room temperature for 4 h. Solvent was evaporated and dried over vacuum to give X2-Oxycodone.3HCl.
  • Examples
      • 1. (Val)2-Oxycodone
      • 2. (Ile)2-Oxycodone
      • 3. (Leu)2-Oxycodone
      • 4. (Lys)2-Oxycodone
      • 5. (Phe)2-Oxycodone
      • 6. (Glu)2-Oxycodone
    Example 85 Synthesis of [Boc-Z-Y-X]2-Oxycodone [X, Y and Z are Amino Acids]
  • To a solution of X2-Oxycodone.3HCl (1 mmol) in DMF (15-20 mL) were added NMM (10-12 eqv) and Boc-Z-Y-OSu (2.6 eqv). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight. Solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. To the residue was added satd. NaHCO3 (˜30 mL) and stir for 1-2 h. The white/pale yellow residue was filtered, thoroughly washed with water and dried in the vacuum oven at room temperature.
  • Deprotection of [Boc-X-Y-Z]2-Oxycodone:
  • Deprotection is same as general method mentioned above. For 100-200 mg of tripeptide derivative 10-15 ml 4N HCl/dioxane is used. Deprotection is done overnight to give [X-Y-Z]2-Oxycodone.3HCl.
  • Deprotection of Tripeptide Derivatives Containing Threonine and Serine:
  • First the tripeptide derivatives are dissolved 95% TFA (5% water) and stirred for 4 h at room temperature. Solvent is evaporated, the residue is co-evaporated with toluene twice and dried over vacuum. 4N HCl/dioxane is added and stirred overnight. Residue was evaporated to dryness and dried over vacuum.
  • Examples
      • 1. (Glu-Asp-Val)2-Oxycodone
      • 2. (Ile-Tyr-Val)2-Oxycodone
      • 3. (Tyr-Pro-Val)2-Oxycodone
        • 4. (Gly-Leu-Val)2-Oxycodone
      • 5. (Phe-Val-Val)2-Oxycodone
      • 6. (Ser-Thr-Val)2-Oxycodone
      • 7. (Lys-Ser-Val)2-Oxycodone
    Example 86 Synthesis of [Boc-X]-O6-Oxycodone
  • To a solution of oxycodone (10 mmol) in THF (50 mL) was added LiN(TMS)2 (10.5 mmol) at 0° C. After 20 mins was added Boc-X-OSu (11 mmol) and then the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solution was cooled down to 0° C. and neutralized with 1N HCl. The organic solvent was evaporated and to the residue were added EtOAc (200 mL) and saturated aq. NaHCO3 (150 mL) and stirred for 1 h. The EtOAc portion was washed with water, brine, dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified over silica gel (70% EtOAc-Hexane) to give the title compound.
  • Deprotection of Boc-X-O6-Oxycodone:
  • A solution of [Boc-X]-Oxycodone in 4N HCl/dioxane (10 ml/mmol) was stirred at room temperature 4 h. Solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was dried under vacuum to give X-O6-Oxycodone.2HCl.
  • Examples
      • 1. Val-Oxycodone
      • 2. Ile-Oxycodone
      • 3. Leu-Oxycodone
    Example 87 Synthesis of Boc-Z-Y-X-O6-Oxycodone
  • To a solution of X-O6-Oxycodone-2HCl (1 mmol) in DMF were added NMM (10 mmol) and Boc-Z-Y-OSu (1.2 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Solvent was evaporated to the residue was added saturated NaHCO3 solution and stirred for 1 h. The precipitate was filtered, thoroughly washed with water and dried to give the title compound.
  • Deprotection of Boc-Z-Y-X-O6-Oxycodone:
  • Deprotection is same as general method mentioned above to give Z-Y-X-O6-Oxycodone.2HCl.
  • Examples
      • 1. Pro-Glu-Val-Oxycodone
      • 2. Glu-Leu-Val-Oxycodone
      • 3. Glu-Tyr-Val-Oxycodone
    Example 88 Synthesis of Boc-X-O6-Oxycodone-O14-Ac
  • To a solution of [Boc-X]-O6-Oxycodone (1 mmol) in pyridine (15 mL) were added DMAP (75 mg), triethyl amine (1.5 mmol) and Ac2O (8 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 65° C. for 3 days. The dark brown solution was cooled down to room temperature and MeOH (5 mL) was added and stirred for 1 h. The solvent was evaporated, co-evaporated with toluene. The residue was taken in EtOAc (50 mL), washed with satd. NaHCO3, brine, dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified over silila gel to give the title compound.
    • Example 89 Synthesis of Boc-X-O6-Oxycodone-O14-CO2Et
  • To a solution of [Boc-X]-O6-Oxycodone (1 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added LiN(TMS)2 (1.05 mmol) at 0° C. After 20 mins, ethyl chloroformate (1.1 mmol) was added and reaction mixture was slowly brought to room temperature and stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The solution was poured into 2% aqueous acetic acid (ice cold) and extracted with EtOAc. The EtOAc part was washed with water, aq. NaHCO3, brine, dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified over silica gel to give the title compound.
  • Deprotection of Boc-X-O6-Oxycodone-O14-R(R=Ac, CO2Et):
  • Deprotection is same as general method mentioned above to give X-O6-Oxycodone-O14-R.2HCl (R=Ac, CO2Et).
  • Examples
      • 1. (Val)-Oxycodone-(CO2Et)
      • 2. (Val)-Oxycodone-(OAc)
    Example 90 Synthesis of Boc-Z-Y-X-O6-Oxycodone-O14-R(R=Ac, CO2Et)
  • To a solution of X-O6-Oxycodone-O14-R.2HCl (1 mmol, R=Ac, CO2Et) in DMF were added NMM (10 mmol) and Boc-Z-Y-OSu (1.2 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Solvent was evaporated to the residue was added saturated NaHCO3 solution and stirred for 1 h. The precipitate was filtered, thoroughly washed with water and dried to give the title compound.
  • Deprotection of Boc-Z-Y-X-O6-Oxycodone-O14-R(R=Ac, CO2Et):
  • Deprotection is same as general method mentioned above. Deprotection is done overnight to give Z-Y-X-O6-Oxycodone-O14-R.2HCl.
  • Examples
      • 1. (Ile-Tyr-Val)-Oxycodone-(CO2Et)
      • 2. (Ile-Tyr-Val)-Oxycodone-(OAc)
    Example 91 Synthesis of Boc-X-O6-Oxycodone-O14-Y-Boc
  • To a solution of Boc-X-Oxycodone (1 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added LiN(TMS)2 (1.1 mmol) at 0° C. and the solution was stirred for 30 mins then Boc-Y-OSu (1.25 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solution was cooled down to 0° C., neutralized with 1N HCl and the organic part was evaporated. To the residue were added EtOAc (50 mL) and satd. NaHCO3 (50 ml), stirred for 1 h. The organic part was washed with water, brine, dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified over silica gel to give the title compound.
  • Deprotection of Boc-X-O6-Oxycodone-O14-Y-Boc:
  • Boc-X-O6-Oxycodone-O14-Y-Boc was deprotected following the general method for deprotection mentioned above to give X-O6-Oxycodone-O14-Y.3HCl.
  • Example
      • Val-Oxycodone-Gly
    Example 92 Synthesis of Boc-A-B-X-O6-Oxycodone-O14-Y-B-A-Boc (A,B,X,Y=Amino Acids)
  • To a solution of X-O6-Oxycodone-O14-Y.3HCl (1 mmol) and NMM (10 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added Boc-A-B-OSu (2.5 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and to the residue satd. NaHCO3 (15 mL) was added and stirred for 1 h. The precipitate was filtered off and the residue was washed thoroughly with water and dried.
  • Deprotection of Boc-A-B-X-O6-Oxycodone-O14-Y-B-A-Boc:
  • Deprotection is same as general method mentioned above. Deprotection is done overnight to give A-B-X-O6-Oxycodone-O14-Y-B-A.3HCl.
  • Examples
      • 1. (Ile-Tyr-Val)-Oxycodone-(Gly-Tyr-Ile)
      • 2. (Leu-Tyr-Val)-Oxycodone-(Gly-Tyr-Leu)
    Example 93 Synthsis of Boc-X-O6-Oxycodone-O14-Y-Cbz
  • To a solution of Boc-X-Oxycodone (1 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added LiN(TMS)2 (1.1 mmol) at 0° C. and the solution was stirred for 30 mins then Cbz-Y-OSu (1.25 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solution was cooled down to 0° C., neutralized with 1N HCl and the organic part was evaporated. To the residue were added EtOAc (50 mL) and satd. NaHCO3 (50 ml), stirred for 1 h. The organic part was washed with water, brine, dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified over silica gel to give the title compound.
  • Deprotection of Boc-X-O6-Oxycodone-O14-Y-Cbz.2HCl:
  • Boc-X-O6-Oxycodone-O14-Y-Cbz was deprotected following the general method for deprotection mentioned above to give X-O6-Oxycodone-O14-Y-Cbz.2HCl.
    • Example 94 Synthesis of Boc-A-B-X-O6-Oxycodone-O14-Y-Cbz
  • To a solution of X-O6-Oxycodone-O14-Y-Cbz.2HCl (1 mmol) and NMM (10 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added Boc-A-B-OSu (1.1 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and to the residue satd. NaHCO3 (20 mL) was added and stirred vigorously for 2-3 h. The precipitate was filtered off and the residue was washed thoroughly with water and dried.
    • Example 95 Synthesis of Boc-A-B-X-O6-Oxycodone-O14-Y-NH2
  • To a suspension of Boc-A-B-X-O6-Oxycodone-O14-Y-Cbz and Pd/C (25 Wt %) in EtOH (20 ml/gm) and cyclohexene (10 mil/gm) was heated under reflux for 30 mins. The reaction mixture was cooled down to room temperature and filtered. The filtrate was evaporated to dryness to give the title compound.
    • Example 96 Synthesis of Boc-A-B-X-O6-Oxycodone-O14-Y-C-D-Boc (A,B,C,D,X,Y=Amino Acids)
  • To a solution of Boc-A-B-X-O6-Oxycodone-O14-Y-NH2 (1 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) were added NMM (5 mmol) and Boc-D-C-OSu (1.1 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and to the residue satd. NaHCO3 was added and stirred for 1 h. The white precipitate was filtered, washed with water and dried.
  • Deprotection of Boc-A-B-X-O6-Oxycodone-O14-Y-C-D-Boc:
  • Deprotection is same as general method mentioned above. Deprotection is done overnight to give A-B-X-O6-Oxycodone-O14-Y-C-D.3HCl.
  • Examples
    • 1. (Ile-Tyr-Val)-Oxycodone-(Val-Glu-Gly)
    • 2. (Leu-Tyr-Val)-Oxycodone-(Val-Glu-Gly)
      Mono-Substituted Single Amino Acids (Enol Ester)
  • FIG. 151 depicts oxycodone.
    • Example 97 Phe-Oxycodone
  • To a solution of oxycodone-freebase (1.0 eq) in tetrahydrofuran (THF) (10 ml/mmol) was added LiN(TMS)2 (3.5 eq). After 5 minutes, Boc-Phe-OSu (3.5 eq) was added. The reaction was stirred at ambient temperatures for 18 hours, quenched with water and solvents removed. Crude protected product was purified using reverse-phase HPLC. Deprotection occurred with 4N HCl in dioxane (20 ml/mmol) to obtain Phe-Oxycodone.
    • Example 98 Synthesis of Ile-Oxycodone
  • Ile-Oxycodone was prepared in a similar manner to Example 97 except Boc-Ile-OSu was used as the amino acid starting material. Mono-Substituted Tripeptides (Enol Ester)
    • Example 99 Pro2-Leu-Oxycodone
  • To a solution of Leu-Oxycodone (1.0 eq) in dimethylformamide (10 ml/0.1 mmol) was added 4-methylmorpholine (10 eq) and Boc-Pro-Pro-OSu (2 eq). The reaction was stirred at ambient temperatures for 18 hours, quenched with water, and solvents removed. Crude protected product was purified using reverse phase HPLC. Deprotection occurred using 4N HCl in dioxane (20 ml/mmol) to obtain Pro2-Leu-Oxycodone.
    • Example 100 Synthesis of Pro2-Ile-Oxycodone
  • Pro2-Ile-Oxycodone was prepared in a similar manner to Example 99 except Ile-Oxycodone was used as the conjugated starting material.
    • Example 101 Oxycodone Disubstituted Tripeptides
  • General Synthetic Procedure
  • Synthesis of [Boc-Val]2-OC:
  • To a solution of OC (2.04 g, 6.47 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (THF) (˜35 ml) was added LiN(TMS)2 (19.41 ml, 19.41 mmol) and stirred for ˜30 mins. To this was added solid Boc-Val-OSu (6.72 g, 21 mmol) at one time and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solution was neutralized with 1N HCl and the THF was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with ethyl acetate (EtOAc) (200 mL), satd. NaHCO3 (150 mL) was added and stirred for 1 h. EtOAc part was washed with NaHCO3 and brine. Dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated to dryness. Crude product was purified with either silica gel column. (30% EtOAc/Hexane).
  • Deprotection: For the deprotection of 2.5 g of [Boc-Val]2-OC, 75-80 mL of 4N HCl/dioxane was used. Reaction was complete within 3-4 hours. Evaporate dioxane and dry over vacuum at lease for 24 h.
  • Coupling: To a solution of Val2-OC.3HCl (250 mg, 0.4 mmol) in DMF (10-12 ml) were added NMM (10-12 eqv) and Boc-X-Y-OSu (2.6 eqv). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight. Solvents were evaporated under reduced pressure. To the residue was added satd. NaHCO3 (˜30 mL) and stirred for 1 h. The white/pale yellow residue was filtered, thoroughly washed with water and dried in the vacuum oven at RT.
  • Deprotection: Deprotection was same as above method. For 100-200 mg of tripeptide derivative 10-15 ml 4N HCl/dioxane was used. Deprotection lasts 18 hours.
  • Deprotection of tripeptide derivatives containing Threonine and Serine: Tripeptide derivatives were dissolved in 95% TFA (5% water) and stirred for 4 h at room temperature. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was co-evaporated with toluene twice and dried over vacuum. 4N HCl/dioxane was added and stirred overnight. Product was evaporated to dryness and dried over vacuum.
    • Example 102 Oxycodone Branched Amino Acid Chains
  • General Synthesis
  • FIG. 152 depicts oxycodone with lysine branched peptides.
    • Example 103 (Lys)2-Oxycodone
  • Method was similar to other single amino acid derivatives except Boc-Lys(Boc)-OSu was used as the amino acid starting material.
    • Example 104 XX-Lys(XX)-Oxycodone
  • To a solution of (Lys)2-Oxycodone (1.0 eq) in dimethylformamide (1 ml/mmol) was added 4-methylmorpholine (5.5 eq) followed by Boc-XX2-OSu (4.1). Reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 24 hours. Solvents were removed and crude product was purified by reverse phase HPLC.
    • Example 105 Synthesis of [Gly2-Lys(-Gly2)]2-Oxycodone
  • [Gly2-Lys(-Gly2)]2-Oxycodone was prepared in a manner similar to Example 104 except Boc-Gly2-OSu was used as the amino acid starting material.
    • Example 106 Oxycodone D-Amino Acids
  • General Synthesis
  • Disubstituted D-amino acid tripeptides were prepared in a manner similar to disubstituted tripeptide conjugates except the amino acid starting material used the unnatural D-amino acids.
  • [(l)-Lys-(d)-Lys-Leu]2-Oxycodone
  • To a solution of (Leu)2-Oxycodone (1.0 eq) in dimethylformamide (1 ml/mmol) was added 4-methylmorpholine (10 eq) followed by Boc-(l)-Lys(Boc)-(d)-Lys(Boc)-OSu (3 eq). Reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 24 hours. Solvents were removed and crude product was purified by reverse phase HPLC.
    • Example 107 Synthetic Amino Acids
  • Synthesis of [Boc-Z]2-OC [Where Z can Equal Cyclohexylalanine (Cha), Dipropylglycine (Dpg), Tert-Leucine (Tle) or any Other Synthetic Amino Acid]
  • To a solution of OC (6.47 mmol) in THF was added LiN(TMS)2 (19.41 mmol) and stirred for ˜30 mins. To this was added solid Boc-Z-OSu (21 mmol) at one time and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solution was neutralized with 1N HCl and the THF was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with ethyl acetate (EtOAc), satd. NaHCO3 was added and stirred for 1 h. EtOAc part was washed with NaHCO3 and brine. Dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated to dryness. Crude product was purified with either silica gel column. (30% EtOAc/Hexane).
    • Example 108 Non-Standard Amino Acids (Naturally Occurring, not the Standard 20)
  • Synthesis of [Boc-N]2-OC [Where N can Equal Norleucine (Nle), Homophenylalanine (hPhe) or any Other Non-Standard Amino Acid]
  • To a solution of OC (6.47 mmol) in THF was added LiN(TMS)2 (19.41 mmol) and stirred for ˜30 mins. To this was added solid Boc-N-OSu (21 mmol) at one time and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solution was neutralized with 1N HCl and the THF was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with ethyl acetate (EtOAc), satd. NaHCO3 was added and stirred for 1 h. EtOAc part was washed with NaHCO3 and brine. Dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated to dryness. Crude product was purified with either silica gel column. (30% EtOAc/Hexane).
  • Other Oxycodone Conjugates
    • Example 109 Glycopeptides
  • Using galactose and a number of tripeptides, glycopeptides will be produced.
  • Initial Glycopeptides to be Produced
      • 1. (Gal-Gly2-Ile)2-OC
      • 2. (Gal-Pro2-Ile)2-OC
      • 3. (Gal-Gly2-Leu)2-OC
      • 4. (Gal-Pro2-Leu)2-OC
    Example 110 Glycosylation of Oxycodone
  • FIG. 153 depicts a glycosylated oxycodone.
  • A glycosylation reaction of Oxycodone with a carbohydrate will be attempted. The linkage produced would essentially be an enol ether which are difficult to cleave chemically yet glycosidic bonds are commonly broken down in vivo. Either site or both may be conjugated.
    • Example 111 Formation of an Enol Ether with Serine
  • FIG. 154 depicts formation of an enol ether with serine.
  • Using serine and OC, an enol ether conjugate will be produced. This conjugate would be stable to most hydrolysis conditions. Only the enol ether would be formed in this reaction.
    • Example 112 Vitamins
  • FIG. 155 depicts niacin and biotin.
  • Vitamins can be used to cap or further functionalize the peptide chain. Niacin and biotin will be conjugated to four different dipeptides.
  • Conjugates to Prepare
      • 1. (Nia-Gly2-Ile)2-OC
      • 2. (Nia-Gly2-Leu)2-OC
      • 3. (Bio-Gly2-Ile)2-OC
      • 4. (Bio-Gly2-Leu)2-OC
  • FIGS. 156-192 demonstrate plasma levels of oxycodone measured by ELISA.
    • Example 113 Decreased Oral Cmax of Oxycodone Conjugates
  • Male Sprague-Dawley rats were provided water ad libitum, fasted overnight and dosed by oral gavage with oxycodone conjugates or oxycodone HCl. All doses contained equivalent amounts of oxycodone base. Plasma oxycodone concentrations were measured by ELISA (Oxymorphone, 102919, Neogen, Corporation, Lexington, Ky.). The assay is specific for oxymorphone (the major oxycodone metabolite) and oxycodone. Plasma concentration-time curves are shown in FIGS. 156-174. These examples illustrate that doses of oxycodone conjugates decrease the peak level (Cmax) of oxycodone plus oxymorphone as compared to that produced by equimolar (oxycodone base) doses of oxycodone HCl when given by the oral route of administration.
    • Example 114 Oral Bioavailability of a Peptide-Oxycodone Conjugates at a Dose (2.5 mg/kg) Approximating a Therapeutic Human Dose
  • This example illustrates that when the peptide PPL (Table 74, FIG. 193) is conjugated (disubstituted at the 6 and 14 positions) to the active agent oxyocodone oral bioavailability is maintained as compared to an equimolar oxyocodone dose when the dose administered is 1 mg/kg. This dose is the equivalent of a human dose of 25 to 35 mg for an individual weighing 70 kg (148 lbs) according to Chou et al.
    TABLE 74
    Oral Pharmacokinetics of Oxycodone vs. P2L(2)-OC (2.5 mg/kg dose).
    AUC Per- Per-
    Hours (ng/ml h) cent Cmax cent
    Drug 0.5 1.5 3 5 8 0-8 h OC ng/ml OC
    Oxycodone 145 27 11 2 1 168 100 145 100
    Bitartrate
    PPL(2)-OC 124 78 46 1 3 278 165 124 86

    oxycodone plus oxymorphone
    • Example 115 Bioavailability of P2L(2)-Oxycodone by the Intranasal Route
  • This example illustrates that when PPL(2) is conjugated to the active agent oxycodone the bioavailability by the intranasal route is substantially decreased thereby diminishing the possibility of overdose (Table 75, FIG. 194).
    TABLE 75
    Intranasal Pharmacokinetics of Oxyocodone vs. P2L(2)-OC
    (1 mg/kg dose).
    AUC
    (ng/ Per-
    Minutes ml h) cent Cmax Percent
    Drug
    5 15 30 60 0-1 h OC ng/ml OC
    Oxycodone 2128 1003 688 278 428 100 2128 100
    Bitartrate
    PPL(2)-OC 1380 499 390 98 261 61 1380 65

    oxycodone plus oxymorphone
    • Example 116 Bioavailability of P2L(2)-Oxycodone by the Intravenous Route
  • This example illustrates that when P2L(2) is conjugated to the active agent oxycodone the bioavailability by the intravenous route is substantially decreased thereby diminishing the possibility of overdose (Table 76, FIG. 195).
    TABLE 76
    Intravenous Pharmacokinetics of Oxyocodone vs. P2L(2)-OC
    (1 mg/kg dose).
    AUC
    Minutes (ng/ml h) Percent Cmax Percent
    Drug
    5 15 30 60 0-1 h OC ng/ml OC
    Oxycodone 99 104 94 51 82 100 99 100
    Bitartrate
    PPL(2)-OC 22 19 19 43 24 29 43 43

    oxycodone plus oxymorphone

    Summary of In Vivo Testing of Abuse Resistant Oxycodone Conjugates.
  • In vivo testing of oxycodone conjugates demonstrates for instance decreased oral Cmax, decreased intranasal bioavailability (AUC and Cmax), and decreased intravenous bioavailability (AUC and Cmax) and is described in further detail below.
    • Example 117 Decreased Intranasal Bioavailability (AUC and Cmax) of Oxycodone Conjugates
  • Male Sprague-Dawley rats were provided water ad libitum and doses were administered by placing 0.02 ml of water containing oxycodone conjugates or oxycodone bitartrate into the nasal flares. All doses contained equivalent amounts of oxycodone base. Plasma oxycodone concentrations were measured by ELISA (Oxymorphone, 102919, Neogen, Corporation, Lexington, Ky.). The assay is specific for oxymorphone (the major oxycodone metabolite) and oxycodone. Plasma concentration-time curves of various oxycodone conjugates vs. oxycodone HCl are shown in FIGS. 175-192. These examples illustrate that oxycodone conjugates decrease the peak level (Cmax) and total absorption (AUC) of oxycodone plus oxymorphone as compared to those produced by equimolar (oxycodone base) doses of oxycodone HCl when given by the intranasal route of administration.
    • Example 118 Decreased Intravenous Bioavailability (AUC and Cmax) of Oxycodone Conjugates
  • Male Sprague-Dawley rats were provided water ad libitum and doses were administered by intravenous tail vein injection of 0.1 ml of water containing oxycodone conjugates or oxycodone HCl. All doses contained equivalent amounts of oxycodone base. Plasma oxycodone concentrations were measured by ELISA (Oxymorphone, 102919, Neogen, Corporation, Lexington, Ky.). The assay is specific for oxymorphone (the major oxycodone metabolite) and oxycodone. Plasma concentration-time curves of an oxycodone conjugate vs. oxycodone HCl is shown in FIG. 195. This example illustrates that an oxycodone conjugate decreases the peak level (Cmax) and total absorption (AUC) of oxycodone plus oxymorphone as compared to those produced by an equimolar (oxycodone base) dose of oxycodone HCl when given by the intravenous route of administration.
    oral 2 mg/kg intranasal 2 mg/kg
    % AUC % Cmax % AUC % Cmax
    [Gly-Glu-Val]2-OC 93 61 29 48
    [Pro-Glu-Val]2-OC 90 82 34 46
    [Glu-Pro-Val]2-OC 142 134 56 65
    [Ser-Gly-Val]2-OC 90 92 64 73
    [Glu-Tyr-Val]2-OC 115 103 18 20
    [Gly-Tyr-Val]2-OC 92 99 56 54
    [Ile-Tyr-Val]2-OC 71 82 3 4
    [Leu-Tyr-Val]2-OC 131 120 4 5

    OC = Oxycodone
  • Collectively, examples 33 through 118 illustrate the application of the invention for reducing the overdose potential of narcotic analgesics. These examples establish that an active agent can be covalently modified by attachment of a chemical moiety in a manner that maintains therapeutic value over a normal dosing range, while substantially decreasing if not eliminating the possibility of overdose by oral, intranasal, or intravenous routes of administration with the active agent.

Claims (27)

1. A compound of the formula:

A-Xm-Zn
wherein
A is an active agent;
X is a linker covalently bound to A; and
Z is an amino acid, peptide, or oligopeptide covalently bound to x,
wherein m and n range from 1 to 50.
2. The compound of claim 1, wherein X comprises a small linear or cyclic molecule containing 2-6 atoms with one or more heteroatoms and one or more functional groups.
3. The compound of claim 2, wherein the functional groups are selected from amines, amides, alcohols or acids.
4. The compound of claim 1, wherein A is oxycodone or hydrocodone.
5. The compound of claim 1, wherein X an enolate.
6. The compound of claim 1, wherein X is an amino acid.
7. The compound of claim 6, wherein Z is bonded to X through a side chain of the amino acid.
8. The compound of claim 6, wherein Z is bonded to Z through a peptide bond.
9. The compound of claim 1, wherein X is an amino acid or dipeptide and Z is bonded to X through a peptide bond.
10. The compound of claim 1, wherein X comprises Ser, Lys, Glu, Asp, Ala, Leu, Phe, Val, Gly, Tyr, Pro, or Thr.
11. The compound of claim 1, wherein -X-Z comprises Lys-Lys, Lys-Lys-Val, (Lys-Lys-Gly-Gly)2, [(l)-Lys-(d)-Lys-Leu]2, Glu-Glu, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Phe-Ile, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Phe, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Ile, Glu-Glu-Val, Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Glu, Asp-Asp-Ser, Asp-Asp-Lys, Asp-Asp-Cys, Asp-Asp-Val, Ala-Ser, Ala-Cys, Leu-Glu, Leu-Ser, Leu-Asp, Leu-Asn, Leu-Thr, Leu-Arg, Leu-Cys, Leu-Gln, Leu-Tyr, Val-Glu, Val-Ser, Val-Asp, Val-Asn, Val-Thr, Val-Arg, Val-Cys, Val-Gln, Val-Tyr, Val-Val, Gly-Gly-Leu, Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Leu, Gly-Gly-Ile, Asp-Asp-Ile, Pro-Pro-Leu, Pro-Pro-Ile, or Thr-Thr-Val.
12. The compound of claim 1, wherein -X-Z comprises Ser-Ser, PolySer, Lys, Glu-Glu, Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Glu, Asp-Asp-Ser, Asp-Asp-Lys, Asp-Asp-Cys, Ala-Glu, Ala-Ser, Ala-Asp, Ala-Asn, Ala-Thr, Ala-Arg, Ala-Cys, Ala-Gin, Ala-Tyr, LeuGlu, Leu-Ser, Leu-Asp, Leu-Asn, Leu-Thr, Leu-Arg, Leu-Cys, Leu-Gln, Leu-Tyr, PheGlu, Phe-Ser, Phe-Asp, Phe-Asn, Phe-Thr, Phe-Arg, Phe-Cys, Phe-Gln, Phe-Tyr, Val-Glu, Val-Ser, Val-Asp, Val-Asn, Val-Thr, Val-Arg, Val-Cys, Val-Gln, or Val-Tyr.
13. The compound of claim 1, wherein -X-Z comprises Pro-Pro-Leu, Pro-Pro-Ile, Val-Val, Lys-Lys, Gly-Gly-Ile, Phe-Phe-Ile, Phe-Phe-Leu, Thr-Thr-Val, Tyr-Tyr-Val, Tyr-Tyr-Phe, Glu-Glu-Val, Asp-Asp-Val, Lys-Lys-Val, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Ile, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Phe, Tyr-Tyr-Ile, Asp-Asp-Ile, Tyr-Tyr-Phe-Phe-Ile, Tyr-Tyr-Lys-Tyr-Tyr, Phe-Phe-Lys-Phe-Phe, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Ile, (Lys-Lys-Gly-Gly)2, or [(1)-Lys-(d)-Lys-Leu]2.
14. The compound of claim 1, wherein -X-Z comprises Ser-Ser, PolySer, Glu-Glu, Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Glu, Asp-Asp-Ser, Asp-Asp-Lys, Asp-Asp-Cys, Ala-Glu, Ala-Ser, Ala-Asp, Ala-Asn, Ala-Thr, Ala-Arg, Ala-Cys, Ala-Gln, Ala-Tyr, Leu-Glu, Leu-Ser, Leu-Asp, Leu-Asn, Leu-Thr, Leu-Arg, Leu-Cys, Leu-Gln, Leu-Tyr, Phe-Glu, Phe-Ser, Phe-Asp, Phe-Asn, Phe-Thr, Phe-Arg, Phe-Cys, Phe-Gin, Phe-Tyr, Val-Glu, Val-Ser, Val-Asp, Val-Asn, Val-Thr, Val-Arg, Val-Cys, Val-Gln, Val-Tyr, Ala-Pro, Gly-Gly-Leu, Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Leu, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Phe-Ile, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Phe, Tyr-Tyr-Ile, Asp-Asp-Ile, Tyr-Tyr-Phe-Phe-Ile, or Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Ile.
15. The compound of claim 1, wherein -X-Z comprises Ser-Ser, PolySer, Lys-Lys, Lys-Lys-Val, (Lys-Lys-Gly-Gly)2, [(1)-Lys-(d)-Lys-Leu]2, Glu-Glu, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Phe-Ile, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Phe, Glu-Glu-Phe-Phe-Ile, Glu-Glu-Val, Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Asp, Asp-Asp-Glu, Asp-Asp-Ser, Asp-Asp-Lys, Asp-Asp-Cys, Asp-Asp-Val, Ala-Glu, Ala-Pro, Ala-Ser, Ala-Asp, Ala-Asn, Ala-Thr, Ala-Arg, Ala-Cys, Ala-Gln, Ala-Tyr, Leu-Glu, Leu-Ser, Leu-Asp, Leu-Asn, Leu-Thr, Leu-Arg, Leu-Cys, Leu-Gln, Leu-Tyr, Phe-Glu, Phe-Ser, Phe-Asp, Phe-Asn, Phe-Thr, Phe-Arg, Phe-Cys, Phe-Gln, Phe-Tyr, Phe-Phe-Ile, Phe-Phe-Leu, Phe-Phe-Lys-Phe-Phe, Val-Glu, Val-Ser, Val-Asp, Val-Asn, Val-Thr, Val-Arg, Val-Cys, Val-Gln, Val-Tyr, Val-Val, Gly-Gly-Leu, Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Leu, Gly-Gly-Ile, Tyr-Tyr-Ile, Tyr-Tyr-Phe-Phe-Ile, Tyr-Tyr-Val, Tyr-Tyr-Phe, Tyr-Tyr-Lys-Tyr-Tyr, Asp-Asp-Ile, Pro-Pro-Leu, Pro-Pro-Ile, or Thr-Thr-Val.
16. The compound of claim 1, wherein X is lysine.
17. The compound of claim 16, wherein Z is bonded to lysine through the side chain of the lysine.
18. The compound of claim 1, wherein the active agent is alphacetylmethadol hydrochloride, anileridine, apomorphine, bemidone, betacetylmethadol hydrochloride, buprenorphine hydrochloride, butorphanol tartrate, codeine, dezocine, dihydrocodeine, dihydromorphine, dipanone hydrochloride, eptazocine hydrobromide, ethylmorphine, etorphine hydrochloride, hydromorphone, ketobemidone, levorphanol tartrate, loperamide, meptazinol hydrochloride, methyldihydromorphinone, nalbuphine hydrochloride, nalbuphine hydrochloride, normorphine, oxycodone, oxymorphone, pentazocine, piminodine, tramadol, allobarbitone, alprazolan, amylobarbitone, barbitone sodium, butobarbitone, captodiame hydrochloride, chloral betaine, chloral hydrate, chloralose, chlorhexadol, chlormethiazole edisylate, cinolazepam, potassium clorazepate, cyclobarbitone calcium, delorzepam, difebarbamate, enciprazine hydrochloride, flunitrazepam, hexobarbitone sodium, ibomal, lorazepam, lormetazepam, meprobamate, methylpentynol, midazolam maleate, oxazepam, pentabarbitone calcium, phenprobamate, proxibarbal, quinalbaritone, quinalbarbitone sodium, secbutobarbitone sodium, temazepam, triclofos sodium, zalepan, or zolazepam hydrochloride.
19. The compound of claim 1, wherein A is a radical of a pain relief drug.
20. The compound of claim 1, wherein A is a radical of oxycodone or hydrocodone.
21. (canceled)
22. A method of treating pain, comprising administering to a mammal in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of claim 1.
23-24. (canceled)
25. A compound of the formula:

A-Xm-Zn
wherein
A is a drug radical;
X is a small linear or cyclic molecule containing 2-6 atoms with one or more heteroatoms and one or more functional groups, wherein X is bonded to A through a carboxyl group; and
Z is an amino acid, peptide, or oligopeptide covalently bound to X,
wherein m and n range between 1 and 50.
26-45. (canceled)
46. A compound comprising a drug radical covalently bonded to a first amino acid selected from the group consisting of Ser, Lys, Glu, Asp, Ala, Leu, Phe, Val, Gly, Tyr, Pro, and Thr, and a second amino acid or peptide covalently bonded to the first amino acid, wherein an optional linker attaches the first amino acid to the drug radical.
47-61. (canceled)
US11/089,056 2001-08-22 2005-03-25 Pharmaceutical compositions for prevention of overdose or abuse Abandoned US20060014697A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US11/089,056 US20060014697A1 (en) 2001-08-22 2005-03-25 Pharmaceutical compositions for prevention of overdose or abuse
US12/881,008 US8343927B2 (en) 2001-08-22 2010-09-13 Pharmaceutical compositions for prevention of overdose or abuse

Applications Claiming Priority (20)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US09/933,708 US20020099013A1 (en) 2000-11-14 2001-08-22 Active agent delivery systems and methods for protecting and administering active agents
US35838102P 2002-02-22 2002-02-22
US35836802P 2002-02-22 2002-02-22
US36208202P 2002-03-07 2002-03-07
US36625802P 2002-03-22 2002-03-22
US10/156,527 US7060708B2 (en) 1999-03-10 2002-05-29 Active agent delivery systems and methods for protecting and administering active agents
PCT/US2003/005525 WO2003072046A2 (en) 2002-02-22 2003-02-24 Novel sustained release pharmaceutical compounds to prevent abuse of controlled substances
US50701203P 2003-09-30 2003-09-30
US56801104P 2004-05-05 2004-05-05
US56780004P 2004-05-05 2004-05-05
US56780204P 2004-05-05 2004-05-05
US10/923,257 US7622441B2 (en) 2002-02-22 2004-08-23 Sustained release pharmaceutical compounds to prevent abuse of controlled substances
US10/923,088 US7427600B2 (en) 2000-08-22 2004-08-23 Active agent delivery systems and methods for protecting and administering active agents
US10/953,110 US7338939B2 (en) 2003-09-30 2004-09-30 Abuse-resistant hydrocodone compounds
US10/953,116 US7375082B2 (en) 2002-02-22 2004-09-30 Abuse-resistant hydrocodone compounds
PCT/US2004/032131 WO2005032474A2 (en) 2003-09-30 2004-09-30 Pharmaceutical compositions for prevention of overdose or abuse
US10/953,119 US7375083B2 (en) 2003-09-30 2004-09-30 Pharmaceutical compositions for prevention of overdose or abuse
US10/953,111 US20070066537A1 (en) 2002-02-22 2004-09-30 Compounds and compositions for prevention of overdose of oxycodone
US10/955,006 US7169752B2 (en) 2003-09-30 2004-09-30 Compounds and compositions for prevention of overdose of oxycodone
US11/089,056 US20060014697A1 (en) 2001-08-22 2005-03-25 Pharmaceutical compositions for prevention of overdose or abuse

Related Parent Applications (10)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/933,708 Continuation-In-Part US20020099013A1 (en) 2000-08-22 2001-08-22 Active agent delivery systems and methods for protecting and administering active agents
US10/156,527 Continuation-In-Part US7060708B2 (en) 1999-03-10 2002-05-29 Active agent delivery systems and methods for protecting and administering active agents
US10/923,257 Continuation-In-Part US7622441B2 (en) 2001-08-22 2004-08-23 Sustained release pharmaceutical compounds to prevent abuse of controlled substances
US10/923,088 Continuation-In-Part US7427600B2 (en) 2000-08-22 2004-08-23 Active agent delivery systems and methods for protecting and administering active agents
US10/953,111 Continuation-In-Part US20070066537A1 (en) 2001-08-22 2004-09-30 Compounds and compositions for prevention of overdose of oxycodone
US10/953,119 Continuation-In-Part US7375083B2 (en) 2001-08-22 2004-09-30 Pharmaceutical compositions for prevention of overdose or abuse
PCT/US2004/032131 Continuation-In-Part WO2005032474A2 (en) 2000-08-22 2004-09-30 Pharmaceutical compositions for prevention of overdose or abuse
US10/953,110 Continuation-In-Part US7338939B2 (en) 2001-08-22 2004-09-30 Abuse-resistant hydrocodone compounds
US10/955,006 Continuation-In-Part US7169752B2 (en) 2001-08-22 2004-09-30 Compounds and compositions for prevention of overdose of oxycodone
US10/953,116 Continuation-In-Part US7375082B2 (en) 2001-08-22 2004-09-30 Abuse-resistant hydrocodone compounds

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/881,008 Continuation US8343927B2 (en) 2001-08-22 2010-09-13 Pharmaceutical compositions for prevention of overdose or abuse

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20060014697A1 true US20060014697A1 (en) 2006-01-19

Family

ID=46321875

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/089,056 Abandoned US20060014697A1 (en) 2001-08-22 2005-03-25 Pharmaceutical compositions for prevention of overdose or abuse
US12/881,008 Expired - Fee Related US8343927B2 (en) 2001-08-22 2010-09-13 Pharmaceutical compositions for prevention of overdose or abuse

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/881,008 Expired - Fee Related US8343927B2 (en) 2001-08-22 2010-09-13 Pharmaceutical compositions for prevention of overdose or abuse

Country Status (1)

Country Link
US (2) US20060014697A1 (en)

Cited By (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040156844A1 (en) * 2002-05-22 2004-08-12 Curtis Wright Tamper resistant oral dosage form
US20050176645A1 (en) * 2002-02-22 2005-08-11 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Abuse-resistant hydrocodone compounds
US20050176644A1 (en) * 2003-09-30 2005-08-11 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Compounds and compositions for prevention of overdose of oxycodone
US20050176646A1 (en) * 2003-09-30 2005-08-11 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions for prevention of overdose or abuse
US20050266070A1 (en) * 2003-09-30 2005-12-01 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Abuse-resistant hydrocodone compounds
US20070060500A1 (en) * 2000-08-22 2007-03-15 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions for prevention of overdose or abuse
US20070066537A1 (en) * 2002-02-22 2007-03-22 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Compounds and compositions for prevention of overdose of oxycodone
US20070197451A1 (en) * 2003-01-13 2007-08-23 Travis Mickle Carbohydrate conjugates to prevent abuse of controlled substances
US20070232529A1 (en) * 2000-08-22 2007-10-04 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Active agent delivery systems and methods for protecting and administering active agents
WO2007120648A3 (en) * 2006-04-10 2008-07-17 Shire Llc Mono and di-substituted oxycodone compounds and compositions
US20090253792A1 (en) * 2000-11-14 2009-10-08 Shire Llc Active agent delivery systems and methods for protecting and administering active agents
US20100105781A1 (en) * 2003-05-29 2010-04-29 Shire Llc Abuse resistant lysine amphetamine compounds
US20100144645A1 (en) * 2006-04-14 2010-06-10 Shire Llc Compositions and methods for enhancing analgesic potency of covalently bound-compounds, attenuating its adverse side effects, and preventing their abuse
US20110002985A1 (en) * 2007-08-13 2011-01-06 Abuse Deterrent Pharmaceutical, Llc Abuse resistant drugs, method of use and method of making
US8343927B2 (en) 2001-08-22 2013-01-01 Shire Llc Pharmaceutical compositions for prevention of overdose or abuse
US9125867B2 (en) 2010-02-24 2015-09-08 Invincible Biotechnology Diversion- and/or abuse-resistant compositions and methods for making the same
US10420726B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-09-24 Inspirion Delivery Sciences, Llc Abuse deterrent compositions and methods of use
US10729685B2 (en) 2014-09-15 2020-08-04 Ohemo Life Sciences Inc. Orally administrable compositions and methods of deterring abuse by intranasal administration

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6770431B2 (en) * 2015-05-11 2020-10-14 東レ株式会社 Polymer membrane and dispersions and aggregates using it

Citations (96)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3875137A (en) * 1973-04-20 1975-04-01 Searle & Co N-Substituted aspactyl peptide amids
US3878187A (en) * 1972-09-11 1975-04-15 Syva Co Polypeptide derivatives of amphetamine and analogs for immunoassays
US3884898A (en) * 1972-08-18 1975-05-20 Syva Co Normorphine derivatives bonded to proteins
US4025501A (en) * 1975-03-20 1977-05-24 Syva Company Polypeptide propoxyphene derivatives for immunoassay reagents
US4318904A (en) * 1980-04-25 1982-03-09 Research Corporation Peptide affinity labels for thrombin and other trypsin-like proteases
US4426453A (en) * 1980-09-18 1984-01-17 Amersham International Limited Derivatives of iodothyronine compounds and their use in an assay for the free iodothyronine compounds
US4427660A (en) * 1982-03-03 1984-01-24 Research Corporation Formyl-methionyl chemotatic peptide antibiotic conjugates useful in treating infections
US4443609A (en) * 1980-05-19 1984-04-17 Petrolite Corporation Tetrahydrothiazole phosphonic acids or esters thereof
US4499082A (en) * 1983-12-05 1985-02-12 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company α-Aminoboronic acid peptides
US4569844A (en) * 1978-12-19 1986-02-11 Mars, Inc. Microencapsulation process, microcapsules and use thereof
US4582821A (en) * 1983-11-16 1986-04-15 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Inhibition of cyclic nucleotide independent protein kinases
US4584398A (en) * 1984-02-10 1986-04-22 Nitto Boseki Co., Ltd. Arginyl-3-carboxy-4-hydroxyanilide
US4587046A (en) * 1982-05-18 1986-05-06 The Regents Of The University Of California Drug-carrier conjugates
US4636492A (en) * 1984-08-29 1987-01-13 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Inhibition of viral protease activity by peptide halomethyl ketones
US4644055A (en) * 1984-12-17 1987-02-17 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Method for preparing specific inhibitors of virus-specified proteases
US4650675A (en) * 1983-08-18 1987-03-17 The Children's Medical Center Corporation Oligonucleotide conjugates
US4650750A (en) * 1982-02-01 1987-03-17 Giese Roger W Method of chemical analysis employing molecular release tag compounds
US4652552A (en) * 1984-09-10 1987-03-24 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Tetrapeptide methyl ketone inhibitors of viral proteases
US4657873A (en) * 1983-07-29 1987-04-14 Henning Berlin Gmbh Preactivated plastics surfaces for immobilizing organo-chemical and biologic materials
US4730048A (en) * 1985-12-12 1988-03-08 Regents Of The University Of Minnesota Gut-selective opiates
US4801575A (en) * 1986-07-30 1989-01-31 The Regents Of The University Of California Chimeric peptides for neuropeptide delivery through the blood-brain barrier
US4829070A (en) * 1982-05-18 1989-05-09 University Of Florida Novel redox carriers for brain-specific drug delivery
US4902505A (en) * 1986-07-30 1990-02-20 Alkermes Chimeric peptides for neuropeptide delivery through the blood-brain barrier
US4925673A (en) * 1986-08-18 1990-05-15 Clinical Technologies Associates, Inc. Delivery systems for pharmacological agents encapsulated with proteinoids
US5087616A (en) * 1986-08-07 1992-02-11 Battelle Memorial Institute Cytotoxic drug conjugates and their delivery to tumor cells
US5093477A (en) * 1988-12-15 1992-03-03 Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft Rapidly cleavable substrate for hiv protease
US5183883A (en) * 1990-09-28 1993-02-02 Mercian Corporation Conjugate of adriamycin and cyclodextrin
US5187157A (en) * 1987-06-05 1993-02-16 Du Pont Merck Pharmaceutical Company Peptide boronic acid inhibitors of trypsin-like proteases
US5196107A (en) * 1990-12-25 1993-03-23 Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha Dispersion plating method
US5196406A (en) * 1990-05-25 1993-03-23 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Cyclodextrin complex of fumagillin derivative
US5288707A (en) * 1990-08-13 1994-02-22 Sandoz Ltd. Borolysine peptidomimetics
US5296604A (en) * 1992-05-15 1994-03-22 Miles Inc. Proline derivatives and compositions for their use as inhibitors of HIV protease
US5298491A (en) * 1990-05-15 1994-03-29 Immunotech Derivatives of endogenous mediators, their salts, method of preparation, applications and compositions in which they are present
US5378712A (en) * 1991-03-26 1995-01-03 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc Amino acid derivatives
US5378624A (en) * 1990-04-23 1995-01-03 Cellpro, Incorporated Methods for removing ligands from a particle surface
US5384410A (en) * 1993-03-24 1995-01-24 The Du Pont Merck Pharmaceutical Company Removal of boronic acid protecting groups by transesterification
US5501987A (en) * 1992-06-16 1996-03-26 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Dual analyte immunoassay for methamphetamine and amphetamine
US5506130A (en) * 1988-01-04 1996-04-09 Cellpro, Inc. Multiple stage affinity process for isolation of specific cells from a cell mixture
US5594110A (en) * 1992-11-23 1997-01-14 Laboratori Baldacci Spa Process of conjugation of antiviral nucleosides with lactosaminated human albumin
US5610283A (en) * 1992-04-06 1997-03-11 Biosite Diagnostics Incorporated Opiate derivatives and protein and polypeptide opiate derivative conjugates and labels
US5618926A (en) * 1989-03-10 1997-04-08 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Immunoassay reagents
US5707979A (en) * 1994-06-30 1998-01-13 Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft Phosphinic acid derivatives, their preparation and their use
US5741705A (en) * 1995-02-23 1998-04-21 Quest International Flavors & Food Ingredients Company, Division Of Indopco, Inc. Method for in vitro cell growth of eucaryotic cells using low molecular weight peptides
US5753230A (en) * 1994-03-18 1998-05-19 The Scripps Research Institute Methods and compositions useful for inhibition of angiogenesis
US5756291A (en) * 1992-08-21 1998-05-26 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Aptamers specific for biomolecules and methods of making
US5861387A (en) * 1991-06-28 1999-01-19 Endorecherche Inc. Controlled release systems and low dose androgens
US5863899A (en) * 1991-04-01 1999-01-26 Cortech, Inc. Bradykinin antagonists
US5882645A (en) * 1992-07-24 1999-03-16 The School Of Pharmacy, University Of London Peptide compounds
US5891459A (en) * 1993-06-11 1999-04-06 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Enhancement of vascular function by modulation of endogenous nitric oxide production or activity
US5891478A (en) * 1992-12-02 1999-04-06 Alkermes Controlled Therapeutics, Inc. Composition for sustained release of human growth hormone
US5898033A (en) * 1995-06-07 1999-04-27 Swadesh; Joel K. Antigen-processing cell-targeted conjugates
US6030941A (en) * 1996-05-01 2000-02-29 Avi Biopharma, Inc. Polymer composition for delivering substances in living organisms
US6040145A (en) * 1997-05-07 2000-03-21 Tufts University Potentiation of the immune response
US6043230A (en) * 1996-07-26 2000-03-28 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Antiviral phosphonomethoxy nucleotide analogs having increased oral bioavailability
US6048736A (en) * 1998-04-29 2000-04-11 Kosak; Kenneth M. Cyclodextrin polymers for carrying and releasing drugs
US6051685A (en) * 1994-03-11 2000-04-18 Daiichi Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. Peptide derivatives
US6235718B1 (en) * 1996-08-09 2001-05-22 The University Of Cincinnati Compounds for control of appetite, blood pressure, cardiovascular response, libido, and circadian rhythm
US6340696B1 (en) * 1999-03-31 2002-01-22 The Procter & Gamble Company Viral treatment
US6355614B1 (en) * 1998-06-05 2002-03-12 Point Therapeutics Cyclic boroproline compounds
US6355666B1 (en) * 2000-06-23 2002-03-12 Medinox, Inc. Protected forms of pharmacologically active agents and uses therefor
US20020034789A1 (en) * 1994-04-20 2002-03-21 Rainer Zimmermann Isolated proteins containing portions of fapalpha and other proteins
US20020059013A1 (en) * 1998-07-03 2002-05-16 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Controlling web tension, and accumulating lengths of web, by actively controlling velocity and acceleration of a festoon
US20030004177A1 (en) * 2001-05-11 2003-01-02 Endo Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Abuse-resistant opioid dosage form
US6503882B2 (en) * 1997-05-07 2003-01-07 Trustees Of Tufts College Treatment of HIV
US20030077297A1 (en) * 1999-02-26 2003-04-24 Feng-Jing Chen Pharmaceutical formulations and systems for improved absorption and multistage release of active agents
US20030091593A1 (en) * 2001-09-14 2003-05-15 Cytos Biotechnology Ag In vivo activation of antigen presenting cells for enhancement of immune responses induced by virus like particles
US6680365B1 (en) * 1998-03-19 2004-01-20 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods and compositions for controlled polypeptide synthesis
US6686446B2 (en) * 1998-03-19 2004-02-03 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods and compositions for controlled polypeptide synthesis
US6703238B2 (en) * 1997-09-29 2004-03-09 Point Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for expanding antigen-specific T cells
US20040052731A1 (en) * 2002-07-05 2004-03-18 Collegium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Abuse-deterrent pharmaceutical compositions of opiods and other drugs
US20040058946A1 (en) * 2002-07-05 2004-03-25 Buchwald Stephen L. Abuse-resistant prodrugs of oxycodone and other pharmaceuticals
US6713452B2 (en) * 2001-06-04 2004-03-30 Nobex Corporation Mixtures of calcitonin drug-oligomer conjugates comprising polyalkylene glycol, uses thereof, and methods of making same
US20040063628A1 (en) * 1999-03-10 2004-04-01 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Active agent delivery systems and methods for protecting and administering active agents
US6716452B1 (en) * 2000-08-22 2004-04-06 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Active agent delivery systems and methods for protecting and administering active agents
US20040077601A1 (en) * 2002-07-09 2004-04-22 Point Therapeutics, Inc. Methods and compositions relating to isoleucine boroproline compounds
US6740641B2 (en) * 2001-07-27 2004-05-25 Euro-Celtique, S.A. Sugar derivatives of hydromorphone, dihydromorphine and dihydromorphine, compositions thereof and uses for treating or preventing pain
US6846831B2 (en) * 2000-08-15 2005-01-25 Cpd, Llc Method of treating the syndrome of lipodystrophy
US20050038121A1 (en) * 2003-05-29 2005-02-17 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Abuse resistant lysine amphetamine compounds
US20050037976A1 (en) * 1998-05-04 2005-02-17 Point Therapeutics, Inc. Hematopoietic stimulation
US20050054561A1 (en) * 2002-02-22 2005-03-10 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Abuse-resistant amphetamine compounds
US20050065086A1 (en) * 2002-02-22 2005-03-24 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Use of peptide-drug conjugation to reduce inter-subject variability of drug serum levels
US20050069550A1 (en) * 2002-01-08 2005-03-31 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Dendritic encapsulation of active agents
US6875737B1 (en) * 1996-06-28 2005-04-05 Trustees Of Tufts College Multivalent compounds for crosslinking receptors and uses thereof
US20050074424A1 (en) * 2003-10-03 2005-04-07 Lev Salnikov Using polyion polymers with glucose infusion for a cancer selective chemotherapy compound and method
US20050080012A1 (en) * 2002-02-22 2005-04-14 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Sustained release pharmaceutical compounds to prevent abuse of controlled substances
US6890904B1 (en) * 1999-05-25 2005-05-10 Point Therapeutics, Inc. Anti-tumor agents
US20050112088A1 (en) * 2003-09-17 2005-05-26 Xuan Zhao Multi-arm polymer prodrugs
US7163918B2 (en) * 2000-08-22 2007-01-16 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Iodothyronine compositions
US7169752B2 (en) * 2003-09-30 2007-01-30 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Compounds and compositions for prevention of overdose of oxycodone
US7176199B2 (en) * 2001-03-19 2007-02-13 Dainippon Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Aryl-substituted alicyclic compound and medical composition comprising the same
US20070042955A1 (en) * 2002-02-22 2007-02-22 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Abuse-resistant amphetamine prodrugs
US20070060500A1 (en) * 2000-08-22 2007-03-15 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions for prevention of overdose or abuse
US20070066537A1 (en) * 2002-02-22 2007-03-22 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Compounds and compositions for prevention of overdose of oxycodone
US7338939B2 (en) * 2003-09-30 2008-03-04 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Abuse-resistant hydrocodone compounds
US20080090771A1 (en) * 2006-10-06 2008-04-17 Shire Llc Abuse-resistant hydrocodone compounds, compositions and methods of using the same
US7375082B2 (en) * 2002-02-22 2008-05-20 Shire Llc Abuse-resistant hydrocodone compounds

Family Cites Families (117)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
BE636530A (en) * 1962-08-24
DE1493824A1 (en) 1964-01-27 1969-05-22 Hoffmann La Roche Process for the preparation of aminocarboxylic acid amides
CH406567A (en) 1964-02-10 1966-01-31 Inventio Ag Device for controlling the setpoint value during the deceleration process in elevators with speed-controlled drives
GB1112347A (en) 1965-08-20 1968-05-01 Pierre Wirth Salts of organic bases with n-carbamyl-l-glutamic acid
US3846399A (en) 1969-04-10 1974-11-05 Merck & Co Inc Process for controlled stepwise synthesis of polypeptides
US3676492A (en) * 1970-12-09 1972-07-11 Aldrich Chem Co Inc Amino acid amides of disubstituted phenethylamines
US3975342A (en) 1972-05-15 1976-08-17 Biological Developments, Inc. Tyrosyl-class antigenic conjugates, their preparation and antibodies raised thereto
US3843696A (en) 1972-09-05 1974-10-22 Syva Co Methadone analog compounds
US3998799A (en) 1973-11-02 1976-12-21 Interx Research Corporation Novel, transient pro-drug forms of l-dopa
US4040907A (en) 1974-06-20 1977-08-09 Syva Company Iodothyronine enzyme conjugates
US4064235A (en) 1975-08-21 1977-12-20 Eisai Co., Ltd. Dopamine derivative compounds, preparation thereof and medicine containing same
US4043989A (en) 1975-09-11 1977-08-23 Syva Company Oxazepam derivatives for immunoassay reagents
US4064236A (en) 1975-12-23 1977-12-20 Merck & Co., Inc. Peptide carbazates and pharmaceutical composition
GB1592552A (en) 1976-12-10 1981-07-08 Inst Nat Sante Rech Med Pseudopeptides used as medicaments
GB1585061A (en) 1977-03-15 1981-02-25 Nat Res Dev Synthesis of peptides
US4221778A (en) 1979-01-08 1980-09-09 Pennwalt Corporation Prolonged release pharmaceutical preparations
US4224316A (en) 1979-03-30 1980-09-23 Beckman Instruments, Inc. Synthetic peptides having pituitary growth hormone releasing activity
DE3008265A1 (en) 1980-03-04 1981-09-17 Siemens AG, 1000 Berlin und 8000 München METHOD FOR MAKING VISIBLE STATIONARY HEAT TRANSFER COEFFICIENT FIELDS ON A PHOTOCHEMICAL WAY
US4483807A (en) 1981-01-27 1984-11-20 Japan Atomic Energy Research Institute Process for producing a slow release composite
US4489080A (en) 1981-06-26 1984-12-18 The Upjohn Company Process for analgesic treatment
US4358604A (en) 1981-11-04 1982-11-09 Miles Laboratories, Inc. N-Aminoalkyl iodothyronine derivatives
US4399121A (en) 1981-11-04 1983-08-16 Miles Laboratories, Inc. Iodothyronine immunogens and antibodies
FR2526016A1 (en) 1982-04-30 1983-11-04 Spiral PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF IODO-THYRONINS AND IN PARTICULAR RT3 FROM THYROXIN, BY ELECTROCHEMICAL REDUCTION WITH POTENTIAL CONTROL
HU185535B (en) 1982-05-25 1985-02-28 Mta Koezponti Hivatala Process for preparing new gonadoliberin derivatives
US4457907A (en) * 1982-08-05 1984-07-03 Clear Lake Development Group Composition and method for protecting a therapeutic drug
US4489165A (en) 1983-01-24 1984-12-18 Becton Dickinson And Company Chromogenic tracers for use in an assay
EP0179023B1 (en) 1984-10-19 1991-01-23 Battelle Memorial Institute With micro-organisms degradable polypeptide, and its use for the progressive release of medicaments
IT1177384B (en) * 1984-12-12 1987-08-26 Boeehringer Biochemia Robin Sp DIETARY GRANULAR PRODUCTS BASED ON AMINO ACIDS AND PROCEDURE FOR THEIR PREPARATION
GB8500209D0 (en) 1985-01-04 1985-02-13 Ceskoslovenska Akademie Ved Synthetic polymeric drugs
US4863735A (en) 1985-02-19 1989-09-05 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Biodegradable polymeric drug delivery system with adjuvant activity
DK406686D0 (en) 1986-08-26 1986-08-26 Hans Bundgaard carboxylic acid derivatives
US5057317A (en) 1987-03-24 1991-10-15 Chugai Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha Slow-release pharmaceutical agent
US4776121A (en) 1987-04-27 1988-10-11 Vicino Robert K Inflatable sign
GB2209937B (en) * 1987-09-21 1991-07-03 Depiopharm S A Water insoluble polypeptides
US5994392A (en) * 1988-02-26 1999-11-30 Neuromedica, Inc. Antipsychotic prodrugs comprising an antipsychotic agent coupled to an unsaturated fatty acid
US5169933A (en) 1988-08-15 1992-12-08 Neorx Corporation Covalently-linked complexes and methods for enhanced cytotoxicity and imaging
US5026827A (en) * 1988-09-02 1991-06-25 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Amphetamine-protein complex as immunogen for obtaining antibodies specific to methamphetamine
US5233025A (en) 1988-09-02 1993-08-03 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Amphetamine protein complex as immunogen for obtaining antibodies specific to methamphetamine
US4960790A (en) 1989-03-09 1990-10-02 University Of Kansas Derivatives of taxol, pharmaceutical compositions thereof and methods for the preparation thereof
US5120859A (en) * 1989-09-22 1992-06-09 Genentech, Inc. Chimeric amino acid analogues
US5767227A (en) * 1989-11-03 1998-06-16 Lotus Biochemical Corp. Iodothyronine polymers
US5219564A (en) * 1990-07-06 1993-06-15 Enzon, Inc. Poly(alkylene oxide) amino acid copolymers and drug carriers and charged copolymers based thereon
US5965695A (en) 1990-05-15 1999-10-12 Chiron Corporation Modified peptide and peptide libraries with protease resistance, derivatives thereof and methods of producing and screening such
US5451410A (en) 1993-04-22 1995-09-19 Emisphere Technologies, Inc. Modified amino acids for encapsulating active agents
DE69125939T2 (en) 1990-08-17 1997-11-20 Drug Delivery System Institute, Ltd., Tokio/Tokyo N-ACETYLCARBOXYMETHYL CHITOSAND DERIVATIVE AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING THE SAME
IT1244873B (en) * 1990-09-12 1994-09-12 Depha Team Srl DERIVATIVES OF 5-AMINOSALICYLIC ACID (5-ASA) FOR THE THERAPY OF CHRONIC INTESTINAL INFLAMMATIONS
US5238714A (en) 1990-10-02 1993-08-24 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Efficient microcapsule preparation and method of use
US5543389A (en) 1990-11-01 1996-08-06 State Of Oregon, Acting By And Through The Oregon State Board Of Higher Education On Behalf Of The Oregon Health Sciences University, A Non Profit Organization Covalent polar lipid-peptide conjugates for use in salves
US5811447A (en) * 1993-01-28 1998-09-22 Neorx Corporation Therapeutic inhibitor of vascular smooth muscle cells
US5225204A (en) * 1991-11-05 1993-07-06 Chen Jivn Ren Stable dosage of levothyroxine sodium and process of production
ES2115638T3 (en) * 1991-12-30 1998-07-01 Akzo Nobel Nv THYROACTIVE COMPOSITION OF CONTROLLED RELEASE.
US5470997A (en) 1992-04-06 1995-11-28 Biosite Diagnostics Incorporated Amphetamine derivatives and protein and polypeptide amphetamine derivative conjugates and labels
US5811127A (en) 1992-06-15 1998-09-22 Emisphere Technologies, Inc. Desferrioxamine oral delivery system
US5792451A (en) 1994-03-02 1998-08-11 Emisphere Technologies, Inc. Oral drug delivery compositions and methods
GB9213077D0 (en) 1992-06-19 1992-08-05 Erba Carlo Spa Polymerbound taxol derivatives
US5534496A (en) * 1992-07-07 1996-07-09 University Of Southern California Methods and compositions to enhance epithelial drug transport
US6093391A (en) * 1992-10-08 2000-07-25 Supratek Pharma, Inc. Peptide copolymer compositions
DE4236237A1 (en) 1992-10-27 1994-04-28 Behringwerke Ag Prodrugs, their preparation and use as medicines
US5298410A (en) * 1993-02-25 1994-03-29 Sterling Winthrop Inc. Lyophilized formulation of polyethylene oxide modified proteins with increased shelf-life
AU6550294A (en) 1993-03-09 1994-09-26 Abbott Laboratories Genetically engineered enzymes and their conjugates for diagnostic assays
US5643957A (en) * 1993-04-22 1997-07-01 Emisphere Technologies, Inc. Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents
US5681811A (en) 1993-05-10 1997-10-28 Protein Delivery, Inc. Conjugation-stabilized therapeutic agent compositions, delivery and diagnostic formulations comprising same, and method of making and using the same
DE69426629T2 (en) 1993-08-02 2001-08-02 Commonwealth Scientific And Industrial Research Organisation, Campbell THERAPEUTIC COMPOUND - FATTY ACID CONJUGATES
GB9401891D0 (en) 1994-02-01 1994-03-30 Boots Co Plc Therapeutic agents
US5716614A (en) 1994-08-05 1998-02-10 Molecular/Structural Biotechnologies, Inc. Method for delivering active agents to mammalian brains in a complex with eicosapentaenoic acid or docosahexaenoic acid-conjugated polycationic carrier
US5910569A (en) * 1994-11-22 1999-06-08 Lotus Biochemical Corporation Iodothyronine polymers
US5846743A (en) 1995-02-22 1998-12-08 Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Polyphoshoinositide binding peptides for intracellular drug delivery
US6267968B1 (en) 1995-04-07 2001-07-31 Vacsyn S.A. MDP derivatives and conjugates having haematipoietic function stimulating activity, and compositions containing same
US5670477A (en) 1995-04-20 1997-09-23 Joseph F. Poduslo Method to enhance permeability of the blood/brain blood/nerve bariers to therapeutic agents
US5820881A (en) 1995-04-28 1998-10-13 Emisphere Technologies, Inc. Microspheres of diamide-dicarboxylic acids
DE19526274A1 (en) 1995-07-19 1997-01-23 Bayer Ag Improving the tolerance of pharmaceutically active beta amino acids
US5762909A (en) * 1995-08-31 1998-06-09 General Electric Company Tumor targeting with polymeric molecules having extended conformation
DE69633018T2 (en) 1995-11-14 2004-12-09 Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg Thyroid hormone-containing medicinal products and method
US5851536A (en) 1995-11-22 1998-12-22 University Of Washington Therapeutic delivery using compounds self-assembled into high axial ratio microstructures
US6361957B1 (en) 1999-08-03 2002-03-26 Glytech, Inc. Assay for D-serine transport antagonist and use for treating psychosis
WO1997021452A2 (en) 1995-12-14 1997-06-19 Advanced Magnetics, Inc. Macromolecular prodrugs of nucleotide analogs
ATE316799T1 (en) 1996-03-12 2006-02-15 Sanofi Aventis Deutschland NOVEL PRODRUGS FOR THE THERAPY OF TUMORS AND INFLAMMATORY DISEASES
PL189698B1 (en) 1996-03-12 2005-09-30 Pg Txl Co Water-soluble promedicines of paklitaxel
US5700549A (en) 1996-06-24 1997-12-23 International Business Machines Corporation Structure to reduce stress in multilayer ceramic substrates
US5952294A (en) 1996-07-31 1999-09-14 University Of Pittsburgh Of The Commonwealth System Of Higher Education Peptidyl prodrugs and methods of making and using the same
DE19640970A1 (en) 1996-10-04 1998-04-16 Bayer Ag Modified cytostatics
US5948750A (en) 1996-10-30 1999-09-07 Merck & Co., Inc. Conjugates useful in the treatment of prostate cancer
BR9809138A (en) 1997-05-21 2001-08-28 Trustees For The Leland Stanfo Conjugate and method to increase the transport of a selected compound across a biological membrane
TW460478B (en) * 1997-08-15 2001-10-21 Chugai Pharmaceutical Co Ltd Phenethylamine derivatives
EP1037649B1 (en) 1997-12-17 2009-09-30 Enzon, Inc. Polymeric prodrugs of amino- and hydroxyl-containing bioactive agents
CA2319627A1 (en) 1998-01-29 1999-08-05 Polychip Pharmaceuticals Pty. Ltd. Therapeutic compounds
US6632922B1 (en) 1998-03-19 2003-10-14 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods and compositions for controlled polypeptide synthesis
US6696558B2 (en) 1998-09-09 2004-02-24 The Burnham Institute Bag proteins and nucleic acid molecules encoding them
US7083808B2 (en) 1998-12-17 2006-08-01 Euro-Celtique S.A. Controlled/modified release oral methylphenidate formulations
US6309633B1 (en) 1999-06-19 2001-10-30 Nobex Corporation Amphiphilic drug-oligomer conjugates with hydroyzable lipophile components and methods for making and using the same
MXPA02000725A (en) 1999-07-29 2003-07-14 Roxane Lab Inc Opioid sustained released formulation.
US20020095134A1 (en) 1999-10-14 2002-07-18 Pettis Ronald J. Method for altering drug pharmacokinetics based on medical delivery platform
JP3889546B2 (en) 2000-03-30 2007-03-07 三洋電機株式会社 Level adjustment circuit
US20030130205A1 (en) 2000-04-12 2003-07-10 Christian Samuel T. Novel pharmaceutical anti-infective agents containing carbohydrate moieties and methods of their preparation and use
US6429223B1 (en) 2000-06-23 2002-08-06 Medinox, Inc. Modified forms of pharmacologically active agents and uses therefor
JP4474806B2 (en) * 2000-07-21 2010-06-09 ソニー株式会社 Input device, playback device, and volume adjustment method
US20020099013A1 (en) 2000-11-14 2002-07-25 Thomas Piccariello Active agent delivery systems and methods for protecting and administering active agents
WO2002027303A2 (en) 2000-09-25 2002-04-04 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Optical micro-cavity sensors
WO2002028882A1 (en) 2000-10-06 2002-04-11 Xenoport, Inc. Bile acid prodrugs of l-dopa and their use in the sustained treatment of parkinsonism
US20020098999A1 (en) 2000-10-06 2002-07-25 Gallop Mark A. Compounds for sustained release of orally delivered drugs
AU2002211863A1 (en) 2000-10-06 2002-04-15 Xenoport, Inc. Bile-acid derived compounds for providing sustained systemic concentrations of drugs after oral administration
US20060014697A1 (en) 2001-08-22 2006-01-19 Travis Mickle Pharmaceutical compositions for prevention of overdose or abuse
US6818659B2 (en) 2001-11-06 2004-11-16 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma, Inc. (2S)-2-amino-4-(2-amino-(3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-4-yl) butanoyl and its use in cyclic and acyclic peptides
US6881829B2 (en) * 2002-04-26 2005-04-19 Chimeracom, L.L.C. Chimeric hybrid analgesics
US6913768B2 (en) 2002-09-24 2005-07-05 Shire Laboratories, Inc. Sustained release delivery of amphetamine salts
PT2218448E (en) 2002-12-13 2016-01-26 Durect Corp Oral drug delivery system comprising high viscosity liquid carrier materials
US8133881B2 (en) 2003-01-13 2012-03-13 Shire Llc Carbohydrate conjugates to prevent abuse of controlled substances
TW200500067A (en) 2003-01-21 2005-01-01 Control Delivery Sys Inc Salts of codrugs and uses related thereto
MXPA05009757A (en) 2003-03-13 2005-12-05 Controlled Chemicals Inc Compounds and methods for lowering the abuse potential and extending the duration of action of a drug.
US20050074425A1 (en) * 2003-07-02 2005-04-07 Polycord, Inc. Method for delivering polymerized therapeutic agent compositions and compositions thereof
BRPI0414876A (en) * 2003-09-30 2006-11-21 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc pharmaceutical compounds and compositions for the prevention of overdose or abuse and their uses
ES2887039T3 (en) * 2004-04-21 2021-12-21 Alexion Pharma Inc Conjugates for bone delivery and method of using them to target proteins to bone
BRPI0511755A (en) 2004-06-01 2008-01-02 Domantis Ltd drug compositions, fusions and conjugates and methods of production, treatment and use
US7089140B1 (en) 2004-08-20 2006-08-08 Altera Corporation Programmable logic device and method of testing a programmable logic device
WO2006059106A2 (en) 2004-12-02 2006-06-08 Domantis Limited Bispecific domain antibodies targeting serum albumin and glp-1 or pyy
WO2008073918A1 (en) * 2006-12-11 2008-06-19 Kempharm, Inc. Non-standard amino acid conjugates of amphetamine and processes for making and using the same
EP2109465B1 (en) * 2007-02-08 2012-04-11 Kempharm, Inc. Polar hydrophilic prodrugs of amphetamine and other stimulants and processes for making and using the same

Patent Citations (99)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3884898A (en) * 1972-08-18 1975-05-20 Syva Co Normorphine derivatives bonded to proteins
US3878187A (en) * 1972-09-11 1975-04-15 Syva Co Polypeptide derivatives of amphetamine and analogs for immunoassays
US3875137A (en) * 1973-04-20 1975-04-01 Searle & Co N-Substituted aspactyl peptide amids
US4025501A (en) * 1975-03-20 1977-05-24 Syva Company Polypeptide propoxyphene derivatives for immunoassay reagents
US4569844A (en) * 1978-12-19 1986-02-11 Mars, Inc. Microencapsulation process, microcapsules and use thereof
US4318904A (en) * 1980-04-25 1982-03-09 Research Corporation Peptide affinity labels for thrombin and other trypsin-like proteases
US4443609A (en) * 1980-05-19 1984-04-17 Petrolite Corporation Tetrahydrothiazole phosphonic acids or esters thereof
US4426453A (en) * 1980-09-18 1984-01-17 Amersham International Limited Derivatives of iodothyronine compounds and their use in an assay for the free iodothyronine compounds
US4650750A (en) * 1982-02-01 1987-03-17 Giese Roger W Method of chemical analysis employing molecular release tag compounds
US4427660A (en) * 1982-03-03 1984-01-24 Research Corporation Formyl-methionyl chemotatic peptide antibiotic conjugates useful in treating infections
US4829070A (en) * 1982-05-18 1989-05-09 University Of Florida Novel redox carriers for brain-specific drug delivery
US4587046A (en) * 1982-05-18 1986-05-06 The Regents Of The University Of California Drug-carrier conjugates
US4657873A (en) * 1983-07-29 1987-04-14 Henning Berlin Gmbh Preactivated plastics surfaces for immobilizing organo-chemical and biologic materials
US4650675A (en) * 1983-08-18 1987-03-17 The Children's Medical Center Corporation Oligonucleotide conjugates
US4582821A (en) * 1983-11-16 1986-04-15 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Inhibition of cyclic nucleotide independent protein kinases
US4499082A (en) * 1983-12-05 1985-02-12 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company α-Aminoboronic acid peptides
US4584398A (en) * 1984-02-10 1986-04-22 Nitto Boseki Co., Ltd. Arginyl-3-carboxy-4-hydroxyanilide
US4636492A (en) * 1984-08-29 1987-01-13 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Inhibition of viral protease activity by peptide halomethyl ketones
US4652552A (en) * 1984-09-10 1987-03-24 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Tetrapeptide methyl ketone inhibitors of viral proteases
US4644055A (en) * 1984-12-17 1987-02-17 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Method for preparing specific inhibitors of virus-specified proteases
US4730048A (en) * 1985-12-12 1988-03-08 Regents Of The University Of Minnesota Gut-selective opiates
US4902505A (en) * 1986-07-30 1990-02-20 Alkermes Chimeric peptides for neuropeptide delivery through the blood-brain barrier
US4801575A (en) * 1986-07-30 1989-01-31 The Regents Of The University Of California Chimeric peptides for neuropeptide delivery through the blood-brain barrier
US5087616A (en) * 1986-08-07 1992-02-11 Battelle Memorial Institute Cytotoxic drug conjugates and their delivery to tumor cells
US4925673A (en) * 1986-08-18 1990-05-15 Clinical Technologies Associates, Inc. Delivery systems for pharmacological agents encapsulated with proteinoids
US5187157A (en) * 1987-06-05 1993-02-16 Du Pont Merck Pharmaceutical Company Peptide boronic acid inhibitors of trypsin-like proteases
US5506130A (en) * 1988-01-04 1996-04-09 Cellpro, Inc. Multiple stage affinity process for isolation of specific cells from a cell mixture
US5093477A (en) * 1988-12-15 1992-03-03 Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft Rapidly cleavable substrate for hiv protease
US5618926A (en) * 1989-03-10 1997-04-08 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Immunoassay reagents
US5378624A (en) * 1990-04-23 1995-01-03 Cellpro, Incorporated Methods for removing ligands from a particle surface
US5298491A (en) * 1990-05-15 1994-03-29 Immunotech Derivatives of endogenous mediators, their salts, method of preparation, applications and compositions in which they are present
US5196406A (en) * 1990-05-25 1993-03-23 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Cyclodextrin complex of fumagillin derivative
US5288707A (en) * 1990-08-13 1994-02-22 Sandoz Ltd. Borolysine peptidomimetics
US5183883A (en) * 1990-09-28 1993-02-02 Mercian Corporation Conjugate of adriamycin and cyclodextrin
US5196107A (en) * 1990-12-25 1993-03-23 Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha Dispersion plating method
US5378712A (en) * 1991-03-26 1995-01-03 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc Amino acid derivatives
US5863899A (en) * 1991-04-01 1999-01-26 Cortech, Inc. Bradykinin antagonists
US5861387A (en) * 1991-06-28 1999-01-19 Endorecherche Inc. Controlled release systems and low dose androgens
US5610283A (en) * 1992-04-06 1997-03-11 Biosite Diagnostics Incorporated Opiate derivatives and protein and polypeptide opiate derivative conjugates and labels
US5296604A (en) * 1992-05-15 1994-03-22 Miles Inc. Proline derivatives and compositions for their use as inhibitors of HIV protease
US5501987A (en) * 1992-06-16 1996-03-26 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Dual analyte immunoassay for methamphetamine and amphetamine
US5882645A (en) * 1992-07-24 1999-03-16 The School Of Pharmacy, University Of London Peptide compounds
US5756291A (en) * 1992-08-21 1998-05-26 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Aptamers specific for biomolecules and methods of making
US5594110A (en) * 1992-11-23 1997-01-14 Laboratori Baldacci Spa Process of conjugation of antiviral nucleosides with lactosaminated human albumin
US5891478A (en) * 1992-12-02 1999-04-06 Alkermes Controlled Therapeutics, Inc. Composition for sustained release of human growth hormone
US5384410A (en) * 1993-03-24 1995-01-24 The Du Pont Merck Pharmaceutical Company Removal of boronic acid protecting groups by transesterification
US5891459A (en) * 1993-06-11 1999-04-06 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Enhancement of vascular function by modulation of endogenous nitric oxide production or activity
US6051685A (en) * 1994-03-11 2000-04-18 Daiichi Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. Peptide derivatives
US5753230A (en) * 1994-03-18 1998-05-19 The Scripps Research Institute Methods and compositions useful for inhibition of angiogenesis
US20020034789A1 (en) * 1994-04-20 2002-03-21 Rainer Zimmermann Isolated proteins containing portions of fapalpha and other proteins
US5707979A (en) * 1994-06-30 1998-01-13 Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft Phosphinic acid derivatives, their preparation and their use
US5741705A (en) * 1995-02-23 1998-04-21 Quest International Flavors & Food Ingredients Company, Division Of Indopco, Inc. Method for in vitro cell growth of eucaryotic cells using low molecular weight peptides
US5898033A (en) * 1995-06-07 1999-04-27 Swadesh; Joel K. Antigen-processing cell-targeted conjugates
US6030941A (en) * 1996-05-01 2000-02-29 Avi Biopharma, Inc. Polymer composition for delivering substances in living organisms
US6875737B1 (en) * 1996-06-28 2005-04-05 Trustees Of Tufts College Multivalent compounds for crosslinking receptors and uses thereof
US6043230A (en) * 1996-07-26 2000-03-28 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Antiviral phosphonomethoxy nucleotide analogs having increased oral bioavailability
US6235718B1 (en) * 1996-08-09 2001-05-22 The University Of Cincinnati Compounds for control of appetite, blood pressure, cardiovascular response, libido, and circadian rhythm
US20050008644A1 (en) * 1997-05-07 2005-01-13 Huber Brigitte T. Potentiation of the immune response
US6040145A (en) * 1997-05-07 2000-03-21 Tufts University Potentiation of the immune response
US6692753B2 (en) * 1997-05-07 2004-02-17 Trustees Of Tufts College Potentiation of the immune response
US6503882B2 (en) * 1997-05-07 2003-01-07 Trustees Of Tufts College Treatment of HIV
US6703238B2 (en) * 1997-09-29 2004-03-09 Point Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for expanding antigen-specific T cells
US6680365B1 (en) * 1998-03-19 2004-01-20 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods and compositions for controlled polypeptide synthesis
US6686446B2 (en) * 1998-03-19 2004-02-03 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods and compositions for controlled polypeptide synthesis
US6048736A (en) * 1998-04-29 2000-04-11 Kosak; Kenneth M. Cyclodextrin polymers for carrying and releasing drugs
US20050037976A1 (en) * 1998-05-04 2005-02-17 Point Therapeutics, Inc. Hematopoietic stimulation
US6355614B1 (en) * 1998-06-05 2002-03-12 Point Therapeutics Cyclic boroproline compounds
US20020059013A1 (en) * 1998-07-03 2002-05-16 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Controlling web tension, and accumulating lengths of web, by actively controlling velocity and acceleration of a festoon
US20030077297A1 (en) * 1999-02-26 2003-04-24 Feng-Jing Chen Pharmaceutical formulations and systems for improved absorption and multistage release of active agents
US20040063628A1 (en) * 1999-03-10 2004-04-01 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Active agent delivery systems and methods for protecting and administering active agents
US6340696B1 (en) * 1999-03-31 2002-01-22 The Procter & Gamble Company Viral treatment
US6890904B1 (en) * 1999-05-25 2005-05-10 Point Therapeutics, Inc. Anti-tumor agents
US6355666B1 (en) * 2000-06-23 2002-03-12 Medinox, Inc. Protected forms of pharmacologically active agents and uses therefor
US6846831B2 (en) * 2000-08-15 2005-01-25 Cpd, Llc Method of treating the syndrome of lipodystrophy
US20070060500A1 (en) * 2000-08-22 2007-03-15 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions for prevention of overdose or abuse
US6716452B1 (en) * 2000-08-22 2004-04-06 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Active agent delivery systems and methods for protecting and administering active agents
US7163918B2 (en) * 2000-08-22 2007-01-16 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Iodothyronine compositions
US7176199B2 (en) * 2001-03-19 2007-02-13 Dainippon Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Aryl-substituted alicyclic compound and medical composition comprising the same
US20030004177A1 (en) * 2001-05-11 2003-01-02 Endo Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Abuse-resistant opioid dosage form
US6713452B2 (en) * 2001-06-04 2004-03-30 Nobex Corporation Mixtures of calcitonin drug-oligomer conjugates comprising polyalkylene glycol, uses thereof, and methods of making same
US6740641B2 (en) * 2001-07-27 2004-05-25 Euro-Celtique, S.A. Sugar derivatives of hydromorphone, dihydromorphine and dihydromorphine, compositions thereof and uses for treating or preventing pain
US20030091593A1 (en) * 2001-09-14 2003-05-15 Cytos Biotechnology Ag In vivo activation of antigen presenting cells for enhancement of immune responses induced by virus like particles
US20050069550A1 (en) * 2002-01-08 2005-03-31 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Dendritic encapsulation of active agents
US20050054561A1 (en) * 2002-02-22 2005-03-10 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Abuse-resistant amphetamine compounds
US7375082B2 (en) * 2002-02-22 2008-05-20 Shire Llc Abuse-resistant hydrocodone compounds
US20050080012A1 (en) * 2002-02-22 2005-04-14 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Sustained release pharmaceutical compounds to prevent abuse of controlled substances
US20050065086A1 (en) * 2002-02-22 2005-03-24 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Use of peptide-drug conjugation to reduce inter-subject variability of drug serum levels
US20070066537A1 (en) * 2002-02-22 2007-03-22 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Compounds and compositions for prevention of overdose of oxycodone
US20070042955A1 (en) * 2002-02-22 2007-02-22 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Abuse-resistant amphetamine prodrugs
US20040058946A1 (en) * 2002-07-05 2004-03-25 Buchwald Stephen L. Abuse-resistant prodrugs of oxycodone and other pharmaceuticals
US20040052731A1 (en) * 2002-07-05 2004-03-18 Collegium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Abuse-deterrent pharmaceutical compositions of opiods and other drugs
US20050084490A1 (en) * 2002-07-09 2005-04-21 Point Therapeutics, Inc. Boroproline compound combination therapy
US20040077601A1 (en) * 2002-07-09 2004-04-22 Point Therapeutics, Inc. Methods and compositions relating to isoleucine boroproline compounds
US20050038121A1 (en) * 2003-05-29 2005-02-17 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Abuse resistant lysine amphetamine compounds
US20050112088A1 (en) * 2003-09-17 2005-05-26 Xuan Zhao Multi-arm polymer prodrugs
US7169752B2 (en) * 2003-09-30 2007-01-30 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Compounds and compositions for prevention of overdose of oxycodone
US7338939B2 (en) * 2003-09-30 2008-03-04 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Abuse-resistant hydrocodone compounds
US20050074424A1 (en) * 2003-10-03 2005-04-07 Lev Salnikov Using polyion polymers with glucose infusion for a cancer selective chemotherapy compound and method
US20080090771A1 (en) * 2006-10-06 2008-04-17 Shire Llc Abuse-resistant hydrocodone compounds, compositions and methods of using the same

Cited By (52)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20070060500A1 (en) * 2000-08-22 2007-03-15 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions for prevention of overdose or abuse
US7427600B2 (en) 2000-08-22 2008-09-23 Shire Llc Active agent delivery systems and methods for protecting and administering active agents
US20070232529A1 (en) * 2000-08-22 2007-10-04 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Active agent delivery systems and methods for protecting and administering active agents
US20090253792A1 (en) * 2000-11-14 2009-10-08 Shire Llc Active agent delivery systems and methods for protecting and administering active agents
US8394813B2 (en) 2000-11-14 2013-03-12 Shire Llc Active agent delivery systems and methods for protecting and administering active agents
US8343927B2 (en) 2001-08-22 2013-01-01 Shire Llc Pharmaceutical compositions for prevention of overdose or abuse
US20070066537A1 (en) * 2002-02-22 2007-03-22 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Compounds and compositions for prevention of overdose of oxycodone
US7375082B2 (en) 2002-02-22 2008-05-20 Shire Llc Abuse-resistant hydrocodone compounds
US20050176645A1 (en) * 2002-02-22 2005-08-11 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Abuse-resistant hydrocodone compounds
US20040156844A1 (en) * 2002-05-22 2004-08-12 Curtis Wright Tamper resistant oral dosage form
US20070197451A1 (en) * 2003-01-13 2007-08-23 Travis Mickle Carbohydrate conjugates to prevent abuse of controlled substances
US8133881B2 (en) 2003-01-13 2012-03-13 Shire Llc Carbohydrate conjugates to prevent abuse of controlled substances
US20100105781A1 (en) * 2003-05-29 2010-04-29 Shire Llc Abuse resistant lysine amphetamine compounds
US7375083B2 (en) 2003-09-30 2008-05-20 Shire Llc Pharmaceutical compositions for prevention of overdose or abuse
US7338939B2 (en) 2003-09-30 2008-03-04 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Abuse-resistant hydrocodone compounds
US20070203055A1 (en) * 2003-09-30 2007-08-30 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Compounds and compositions for prevention of overdose of oxycodone
US7169752B2 (en) * 2003-09-30 2007-01-30 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Compounds and compositions for prevention of overdose of oxycodone
US20050266070A1 (en) * 2003-09-30 2005-12-01 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Abuse-resistant hydrocodone compounds
US20050176646A1 (en) * 2003-09-30 2005-08-11 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions for prevention of overdose or abuse
US20050176644A1 (en) * 2003-09-30 2005-08-11 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Compounds and compositions for prevention of overdose of oxycodone
US8106016B2 (en) 2003-09-30 2012-01-31 Shire Llc Compounds and compositions for prevention of overdose of oxycodone
WO2007120648A3 (en) * 2006-04-10 2008-07-17 Shire Llc Mono and di-substituted oxycodone compounds and compositions
US20110040072A1 (en) * 2006-04-10 2011-02-17 Shire Llc Mono and di-substituted oxycodone compounds and compositions
US20100144645A1 (en) * 2006-04-14 2010-06-10 Shire Llc Compositions and methods for enhancing analgesic potency of covalently bound-compounds, attenuating its adverse side effects, and preventing their abuse
US20110150990A1 (en) * 2007-08-13 2011-06-23 Inspirion Delivery Technologies, Llc Abuse resistant drugs, method of use and method of making
US10736852B2 (en) 2007-08-13 2020-08-11 OHEMO Life Sciences, Inc. Abuse resistant oral opioid formulations
US20110159090A1 (en) * 2007-08-13 2011-06-30 Inspirion Delivery Technologies, Llc Abuse resistant drugs, method of use and method of making
US20110150971A1 (en) * 2007-08-13 2011-06-23 Inspirion Delivery Technologies, Llc Abuse resistant drugs, method of use and method of making
US20110150969A1 (en) * 2007-08-13 2011-06-23 Inspirion Delivery Technologies, Llc Abuse resistant drugs, method of use and method of making
US20110150991A1 (en) * 2007-08-13 2011-06-23 Inspirion Delivery Technologies, Llc Abuse resistant drugs, method of use and method of making
US20110002985A1 (en) * 2007-08-13 2011-01-06 Abuse Deterrent Pharmaceutical, Llc Abuse resistant drugs, method of use and method of making
US11291634B2 (en) 2007-08-13 2022-04-05 OHEMO Life Sciences, Inc. Abuse resistant forms of extended release oxymorphone, method of use and method of making
US10314788B2 (en) 2007-08-13 2019-06-11 Inspirion Delivery Sciences Llc Pharmaceutical compositions configured to deter dosage form splitting
US11285112B2 (en) 2007-08-13 2022-03-29 Oheno Life Sciences, Inc Abuse resistant forms of immediate release oxymorphone, method of use and method of making
US10688051B2 (en) * 2007-08-13 2020-06-23 Inspirion Delivery Sciences Llc Abuse resistant forms of extended release oxycodone, method of use, and method of making
US10688055B2 (en) 2007-08-13 2020-06-23 Inspirion Delivery Sciences, Llc Abuse resistant forms of extended release morphine, method of use and method of making
US10688052B2 (en) 2007-08-13 2020-06-23 Inspirion Delivery Sciences Llc Abuse resistant forms of extended release oxymorphone, method of use and method of making
US10688053B2 (en) 2007-08-13 2020-06-23 Inspirion Delivery Sciences, Llc Abuse resistant forms of extended release hydrocodone, method of use and method of making
US10695298B2 (en) * 2007-08-13 2020-06-30 Inspirion Delivery Sciences, Llc Abuse resistant forms of extended release hydromorphone, method of use and method of making
US10702480B2 (en) 2007-08-13 2020-07-07 OHEMO Life Sciences, Inc. Abuse resistant forms of extended release morphine, method of use and method of making
US10729656B2 (en) 2007-08-13 2020-08-04 Ohemo Life Sciences Inc. Abuse resistant forms of immediate release oxycodone, method of use and method of making
US11278500B2 (en) 2007-08-13 2022-03-22 OHEMO Life Sciences, Inc. Abuse resistant forms of extended release hydrocodone, method of use and method of making
US10729657B2 (en) 2007-08-13 2020-08-04 Ohemo Life Sciences Inc. Abuse resistant forms of extended release morphine, method of use and method of making
US20110150970A1 (en) * 2007-08-13 2011-06-23 Inspirion Delivery Technologies, Llc Abuse resistant drugs, method of use and method of making
US10736850B2 (en) * 2007-08-13 2020-08-11 Ohemo Life Sciences Inc. Abuse resistant oral opioid formulations
US10736851B2 (en) * 2007-08-13 2020-08-11 Ohemo Life Sciences Inc. Abuse resistant forms of extended release morphine with oxycodone, method of use and method of making
US11045422B2 (en) 2007-08-13 2021-06-29 Oheno Life Sciences, Inc. Abuse resistant drugs, method of use and method of making
US11191730B2 (en) 2007-08-13 2021-12-07 Ohemo Life Sciences Inc. Abuse resistant forms of immediate release hydromorphone, method of use and method of making
US9125867B2 (en) 2010-02-24 2015-09-08 Invincible Biotechnology Diversion- and/or abuse-resistant compositions and methods for making the same
US10420726B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-09-24 Inspirion Delivery Sciences, Llc Abuse deterrent compositions and methods of use
US11571390B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2023-02-07 Othemo Life Sciences, Inc. Abuse deterrent compositions and methods of use
US10729685B2 (en) 2014-09-15 2020-08-04 Ohemo Life Sciences Inc. Orally administrable compositions and methods of deterring abuse by intranasal administration

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20110046226A1 (en) 2011-02-24
US8343927B2 (en) 2013-01-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8343927B2 (en) Pharmaceutical compositions for prevention of overdose or abuse
US7375082B2 (en) Abuse-resistant hydrocodone compounds
US7338939B2 (en) Abuse-resistant hydrocodone compounds
US7375083B2 (en) Pharmaceutical compositions for prevention of overdose or abuse
US7169752B2 (en) Compounds and compositions for prevention of overdose of oxycodone
KR101159477B1 (en) Abuse resistant amphetamine compounds
US7105486B2 (en) Abuse-resistant amphetamine compounds
WO2007126832A2 (en) Pharmaceutical compositions for prevention of overdose or abuse
US20100144645A1 (en) Compositions and methods for enhancing analgesic potency of covalently bound-compounds, attenuating its adverse side effects, and preventing their abuse
AU2007238858A1 (en) Mono and di-substituted oxycodone compounds and compositions
US20070066537A1 (en) Compounds and compositions for prevention of overdose of oxycodone
CN1925865B (en) Pharmaceutical compositions for prevention of overdose or abuse

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: NEW RIVER PHARMACEUTICALS INC., VIRGINIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:MICKLE, TRAVIS;KRISHNAN, SUMA;LAUDERBACK, CHRISTOPHER;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:017046/0877

Effective date: 20050427

AS Assignment

Owner name: SHIRE LLC, KENTUCKY

Free format text: MERGER;ASSIGNOR:NEW RIVER PHARMACEUTICALS INC.;REEL/FRAME:020054/0484

Effective date: 20071026

Owner name: SHIRE LLC,KENTUCKY

Free format text: MERGER;ASSIGNOR:NEW RIVER PHARMACEUTICALS INC.;REEL/FRAME:020054/0484

Effective date: 20071026

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION